Service Manual SY365 (B) H-9 2014-04-16 PDF
Service Manual SY365 (B) H-9 2014-04-16 PDF
Crawler Hydraulic
SY365H-9
SY365BH-9
318A, Lianggang Avenue, Lingang Industrial Park, Fengxian District, Shanghai, P.R. of China 201413
Shop Manual
SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
SY365(B)H-9
Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
Shop Manual
WARNING
● Read and follow the safety precautions and instructions in this manual and on the ma-
chine decals. Failure to do can cause serious injury, death or property damage. Keep
this manual with the machine for reading and future reference.
Sany Group
Sany Heavy Machinery Limited
318A, Lianggang Avenue, Lingang Industrial Park,
Fengxian District, Shanghai, P. R. of China 201413
http://www.sanygroup.com
© 2012 by Sany Group. All right reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
used, distributed or disclosed except during normal operation of the machine as de-
scribed herein. All information included within this publication was accurate at the time
of publication. Product improvements ,revisions, etc., may result in differences between
your machine and what is presented here. Sany Group assumes no liability. For more in-
formation, Contact Sany Group.
Shop Manual - April 2014
SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 How to Read the Manual ......................................................................................... 1-3
1.1.1 Shop manual organization ............................................................................. 1-3
1.1.2 Revision and distribution ................................................................................ 1-4
1.1.3 Symbols ......................................................................................................... 1-5
1.1.4 Units ............................................................................................................... 1-5
1.2 Technical Terms ....................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.1 Standard size and tolerance .......................................................................... 1-6
1.2.2 Standard clearance and value ....................................................................... 1-7
1.2.3 Standard interference .................................................................................... 1-7
1.2.4 Repair limit and allowable value .................................................................... 1-8
1.2.5 Clearance limit ............................................................................................... 1-8
1.2.6 Interference limit ............................................................................................ 1-8
1.3 Handling Electrical and Hydraulic Components....................................................... 1-9
1.3.1 Points to remember when handling electric components .............................. 1-9
1.3.1.1 Handling wiring harnesses and connectors .......................................... 1-9
1.3.1.2 Main failures occurring in wiring harness ............................................ 1-10
1.3.1.3 Removing, installing, and drying connectors and wiring harnesses ... 1-12
1.3.1.4 Handling the integrated control monitor .............................................. 1-16
1.3.1.5 Electric circuits troubleshooting precautions ....................................... 1-17
1.3.2 Points to remember when handling hydraulic equipment ............................ 1-18
1.3.2.1 Be careful of the operating environment ............................................. 1-18
1.3.2.2 Disassembly and maintenance work in the field ................................. 1-18
1.3.2.3 Sealing openings ................................................................................ 1-18
1.3.2.4 Do not let any dirt or dust get in during refilling operations ................. 1-19
1.3.2.5 Change hydraulic oil when the temperature is high ............................ 1-19
1.3.2.6 Flushing operations............................................................................. 1-19
1.3.2.7 Cleaning operations ............................................................................ 1-20
1.4 Hose Connector ..................................................................................................... 1-20
1.4.1 Type of hose connector................................................................................ 1-21
1.4.2 Hose connector tightening torque table ....................................................... 1-21
1.4.3 Connection of O-rings .................................................................................. 1-22
1.5 Table of Standard Tightening Torques .................................................................. 1-23
2 Shop Safety
2.1 Hazard Alert Information .......................................................................................... 2-3
2.2 General Shop Safety ............................................................................................... 2-5
2.2.1 Rules and shop behavior ............................................................................... 2-6
2.2.2 Housekeeping ................................................................................................ 2-6
2.2.3 Shop Liquids Storage..................................................................................... 2-7
2.2.4 Cleaning the Parts ......................................................................................... 2-7
2.2.5 Cleaning the Machine .................................................................................... 2-8
2.2.6 Appropriate Working Apparel ......................................................................... 2-8
2.2.7 Personal Protective Equipment...................................................................... 2-8
2.2.8 Using the Correct Tools.................................................................................. 2-9
2.2.9 Fire Extinguisher and Emergency Exits ......................................................... 2-9
2.2.10 Electrical Dangers ...................................................................................... 2-10
2.2.11 Hoisting a Load .......................................................................................... 2-10
2.3 Before Repair..........................................................................................................2-11
2.3.1 Safe Work Preparations ................................................................................2-11
2.3.2 Preparing yourself ........................................................................................ 2-12
2.3.3 Lockout/Tagout............................................................................................. 2-13
2.3.4 Two people when engine running ................................................................ 2-15
2.3.5 Safety Partners ............................................................................................ 2-15
2.4 Repair Precautions ................................................................................................ 2-16
2.4.1 Running the Machine ................................................................................... 2-16
2.4.2 Mounting and Dismounting .......................................................................... 2-17
2.4.3 Removing Attachments ................................................................................ 2-18
2.4.4 Jacking Up the Machine............................................................................... 2-18
2.4.5 Adding Fluids to a System ........................................................................... 2-18
2.4.6 Aligning Parts or Components ..................................................................... 2-19
2.4.7 Driving Pins .................................................................................................. 2-19
2.4.8 When compressed air is used...................................................................... 2-19
2.4.9 Welding operation ........................................................................................ 2-20
3 Specifications
3.1 Specific Dimension .................................................................................................. 1-3
3.1.1 Dimension ...................................................................................................... 1-3
3.1.2 Working ranges .............................................................................................. 1-4
3.2 Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 1-5
3.3 Weight Table ............................................................................................................ 1-7
3.4 Engine oil, Fuel and Coolant.................................................................................... 1-8
3.5 Engine Performance Curves.................................................................................... 1-9
6.13 Work Equipment and Swing Pilot Valves - Adjust ................................................ 6-33
6.14 Hydraulic Drift of Work Equipment - Test ............................................................. 6-34
6.15 Remaining Pressure in Hydraulic Lines - Relieve................................................ 6-36
6.16 Oil Leakage Amount - Test................................................................................... 6-37
6.17 Air in Each Component - Purge ........................................................................... 6-41
7 Troubleshooting
7.1 Checks before Troubleshooting ............................................................................... 7-5
7.2 Failure Symptoms and Troubleshooting Codes ....................................................... 7-6
7.3 Connector Location and Electrical Circuit Diagram ................................................. 7-9
7.3.1 Connector location layout ............................................................................ 7-13
7.3.2 Diagram of system electrical elements ........................................................ 7-18
7.3.3 Diagram of electrical control system ........................................................... 7-20
7.3.4 SWP connectors .......................................................................................... 7-22
7.3.5 A/AMP connectors ....................................................................................... 7-23
7.3.6 DT connectors.............................................................................................. 7-24
7.4 Troubleshooting with an Event Code ..................................................................... 7-25
7.5 Troubleshooting Electrical System (E-Mode)......................................................... 7-49
7.6 Troubleshooting Hydraulic and Mechanical Systems (H-mode) ............................ 7-81
9 System Schematics
9.1 Diagram of Hydraulic Lines...................................................................................... 9-3
9.2 Electrical diagram of chassis ................................................................................... 9-4
9.3 Electrical diagram of control switches...................................................................... 9-5
9.4 Electrical diagram of operator station ...................................................................... 9-6
9.5 Electrical diagram of air conditioner......................................................................... 9-7
9.6 Electrical diagram of monitor ................................................................................... 9-8
Introduction
.
1 Introduction
De al
pt
1.1 How to Read the Manual ......................................................................................... 1-3
1.1.1 Shop manual organization ............................................................................. 1-3
g n
1.1.2 Revision and distribution ................................................................................ 1-4
o
1.1.3 Symbols ......................................................................................................... 1-5
in ti
.
De al
1.8.2 Temperature ................................................................................................. 1-31
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 How to Read the Manual
● Some attachments and optional parts in
this shop manual may not be delivered to
certain areas. If one of them is required,
consult Sany distributors.
● Materials and specifications are subject to
change without notice.
.
De al
technical information for services performed
pt
in a workshop. For ease of understanding, the
manual is divided into the following sections.
g n
Introduction
o
This section provides an overview of what is
in ti
Shop Safety
n
Specifications
In
Standard Values
This section explains the standard values for
a new machine and judgement criteria for test-
ing, adjusting, and troubleshooting. This stan-
dard value table is used to check the standard
values in testing and adjusting and to judge
parts in troubleshooting.
.
De al
“Cause”are also included in this section.
pt
Troubleshooting
g n
This section explains the way to detect faulty
o
parts and the method to repair them. This sec-
tion is divided into the following parts: Electri-
in ti
System Schematics
This section provides hydraulic circuit dia-
grams and electrical circuit diagrams.
1.1.3 Symbols
Important safety and quality portions are marked with the following symbols so that the shop
manual will be used practically.
.
Weight when selecting hoisting wire, or when working posture is
De al
important, etc.
pt
Tightening Places that require special attention for tightening torque
torque during assembly.
g no
Coat Places to be coated with adhesives, etc. during assembly.
in ti
Oil, Coolant Places where oil, etc. must be added, and capacity.
司
公
销
营
et a
1.1.4 Units
In this shop manual, the units are indicated with International System of units (SI). For reference,
Ma t
.
● The above size set temporarily is called
De al
the "standard size" and the range of differ-
pt
ence from the standard size is called the
"tolerance".
g n
● The tolerance with the symbols of + or – is
o
indicated on the right side of the standard
in ti
size.
司
公
销
营
Example
et a
n
120
–0.126
Ma t
Std.size F 60
★ The tolerance may be indicated in the text
In
Tolerance of hole
and a table as [standard size (upper limit (upper):+0.046
of tolerance/lower limit of tolerance)]. Ex- Std.clearance (max.):0.122
Example
Tolerance
Standard size
Shaft Hole
-0.030 +0.046
φ60
-0.076 0
.
De al
clearance.
pt
● When some parts are repaired, the clear-
g n
ance is generally adjusted to the standard
clearance.
o
● A value of performance and function of
in ti
dard value.
Ma t
.
● If a product is worn to the allowable value,
De al
it must be checked or repaired. Since the
pt
permissible value is estimated from vari-
ous tests or experiences in most cases,
g n
however, it must be judged after consider-
o
ing the operating condition and customer's
requirement.
in ti
or repaired.
.
ment" (particularly gear oil and hydraulic oil).
De al
pt
1.3.1 Points to remember when han-
g n
dling electric components
o
in ti
.
ZX215-1000005
De al
Fig. 1-3
pt
g n
2. Defective crimping or soldering of connec-
tors
o
The pins of the male and female connec- Crimped portion
in ti
ZX215-1000006
Fig. 1-4
Ma t
In
3. Disconnections in wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are
pulled apart, or components are lifted with
a crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping of
the connector may separate, or the solder-
ing may be damaged, or the wiring may be
broken.
ZX215-1000007
Fig. 1-5
.
Fig. 1-6
De al
the water, so if any water gets in, immedi-
pt
ately dry the connector or take other ap-
propriate action before passing electricity
g n
through it.
5. Oil or dirt stuck to connector
o
If oil or grease are stuck to the connec-
in ti
.
ZX215-1000010
thumb and pull the connectors apart.
De al
Fig. 1-8
pt
★ Never pull with one hand.
B. When removing from clips
g n
● Both of the connector and clip have
o
stoppers, which are engaged with each Both stoppers
in ti
ZX215-1000011
Fig. 1-9
Ma t
In
ZX215-1000012
Fig. 1-10
Fig. 1-11
.
De al
2. Connecting connectors
pt
A. Check the connector visually
g n
Check that there is no oil, dirt, or water
Clicks into position
o
stuck to the connector pins (mating por-
tion).
in ti
ZX215-1000022
breakage to the outside of the connec-
rk er
.
easily, remove the clamp and adjust
De al
the position.
pt
● If the connector clamp has been
g n
removed, be sure to return it to its
original position. Check also that
o
there are no loose clamps.
in ti
3. Connecting DT connectors
Since the DT 8-pin and 12-pin heavy duty 营
销
公
司
● Female connector: 2
● Normal locking state (Horizontal): a, b,
Ma t
d 2 a 1 c
In
d
b
ZX215-1000016
Fig. 1-15
.
oil in the air may cause defective
De al
contact, so remove all oil and wa-
pt
ter from the compressed air before
blowing with air.
g n
B. Dry the connector with a dryer.
o
If water gets inside the connector, use
in ti
ZX215-1000017
nector or related parts too hot, as
this will cause deformation or dam- Fig. 1-17
rk er
nector.
In
ZX215-1000018
Fig. 1-18
.
a vinyl bag. Never touch the connector
De al
contacts with your hand.
pt
4. Do not leave it where it may be exposed to
g n
rain.
Tool
o
5. Do not place the integrated control monitor Box
ZX215-1000021
Fig. 1-21
.
★ If the power is turned ON with the con-
De al
nectors still disconnected, unnecessary
pt
abnormality displays will be generated.
g n
4. When carrying out troubleshooting of
circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance,
o
continuity, or current), move the related
in ti
.
Avoid adding hydraulic oil, replacing filters,
De al
or repairing the machine in rain or high
pt
winds, or places where there is a lot of
dust.
g no
1.3.2.2 Disassembly and maintenance work
in the field
in ti
Fig. 1-22
et a
equipment.
Fig. 1-23
Fig. 1-24
.
1.3.2.5 Change hydraulic oil when the
De al
temperature is high
pt
When hydraulic oil or other oil is warm, it
g n
flows easily. In addition, the sludge can
also be drained out easily from the circuit
o
together with the oil, so it is best to change
in ti
the oil when it is still warm. When changing
the oil, as much as possible of the old hy-
draulic oil must be drained out. (Drain the
司
公
销
营
et a
ZX215-1000026
Fig. 1-25
Fig. 1-26
.
1.4 Hose Connector
De al
pt
Hose connector is used to connect hoses with
a small diameter. The metal sealing surface (4)
g n
of the joint (1) must be in close contact with 1 4 3 5 2
the metal sealing surface (5) of the hose (2) to
o
seal pressurized oil.
in ti
NOTICE 营
销
公
司
et a
24°
24°
Male Female
ZX215-1000029
Fig. 1-28
.
1.4.2 Hose connector tightening torque table
De al
pt
Wrench size mm Wrench size mm Tightening torque
Type
g no
Connecting nut Hose joint N·m(kgf·m,Ibf·ft)
19 19 59(6,44)
in ti
22 22 98(10,72)
27 27 118(12,87)
司
公
销
营
36 36 235(24,173)
et a
24° Male
41 41 295(30,218)
n
50 50 490(50,361)
rk er
60 60 670(68,494)
70 70 980(100,723)
19 17 44(4.5,32)
Ma t
22 19 59(6,44)
In
27 22 118(12,87)
24° Female
36 30, 32 235(24,173)
41 36 295(30,218)
50 46 490(50,361)
NOTICE
NOTICE
.
ring seat (8).Displacement of the o-ring Fig. 1-29
De al
may have it damaged and cause leaks.
pt
● Be careful not to damage the o-ring
g n
seat (8) or the sealing surface (10).
Damaged o-ring (6) may cause oil leak-
o
age.
in ti
Bolt di- Bolt Wrench Hex wrench Hexagonal bolt Hexagonal socket head bolt
ameter grade size size N·m kgf·m lbf·ft N·m kgf·m lbf·ft
M6 10.9 10 4 13.2 1.37 9.74 13.2 1.37 9.74
M8 10.9 13 6 31 3.16 22.87 31 3.16 22.87
M10 10.9 17 8 66 6.73 48.7 66 6.73 48.7
.
De al
M12 10.9 19 10 113 11.53 83.39 113 11.53 83.39
pt
M14 10.9 22 12 177 18.06 130.6 177 18.06 130.6
M16 10.9 24 14 279 28.47 205.9 279 28.47 205.9
M18
g n
10.9
o
27 14 382 38.98 281.9 382 38.98 281.9
M20 10.9 30 17 549 56.02 405.16 549 56.02 405.16
in ti
NOTICE
Ma t
● Apply grease (zinc white B dissolved in spindle oil) onto the nuts and bolts to reduce
the friction coefficient. Thrust bolts do not require greasing.
● Torque tolerance is ±10%.
● Always use bolts of correct length. The tip of bolts with excessive length may contact
the bottom of the bolt hole, resulting in under-tightening. Bolts with inadequate length
may result in insufficient fastening.
● The torque values listed in the table are intended for general application. If different
torque values are specified for a special purpose, the torque values in this table are
not applicable any more.
● Make sure the threads are free of dirt or rusts before installation of nuts and bolts.
ZX215-1000031
Fig. 1-30
.
1.7 Tightening Sequence
De al
pt
When two or more bolts are being tightened, Cross tightening Diagonal tightening
follow the tightening sequence shown on the
g n 1 1
right to ensure even tightening. 6 3
o
3 4
4 5
in ti
CAUTION 2 2
12 9 4 1 6 7 14
ods may cause a hazardous situation.
n
ZX215-1000033
Fig. 1-32
.
De al
pt
3. Tighten the half flanges carefully. Locate
g n
the opening at the center so that it is
perpendicular to the oil opening. Tighten Improper
o
the bolt manually to maintain the location
in ti
of the components.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX215-1000035
Fig. 1-34
Ma t
★ Unless specified otherwise, tighten the half flange bolts to the torques below.
Conversion Table
Method of using conversion table
The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details
of the method of using the conversion table, see the example given below.
Example:
Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches
Convert 55 mm into inches
Locate the number 50 in the vertical column at the left side, take this as (A), and then draw a
horizontal line from (A).
Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as (B), then draw a perpendicular line
down from (B).
.
De al
Take the point where the two lines cross as (C). This point (C) gives the value when converting
pt
from millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55 mm = 2.165 inches.
g n
Convert 550 mm into inches
o
The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide it by 10 (move the decimal point one
place to the left) to convert it to 55 mm.
in ti
The original value (550 mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10 (move the decimal
et a
point one place to the right) to return to the original value. This gives 550 mm = 21.65 inches.
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Millimeters to Inches
(B) 1mm=0.03937in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.000 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.535
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
(C)
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
.
(A) 60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
De al
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.031 3.071 3.110
pt
80 3.150
g n 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
o
in ti
Millimeters to Inches
司
公
销
营
1mm=0.03937in
et a
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
n
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
Ma t
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.535
In
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.031 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
Kilogram to Pound
1kg=2.2046 lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 2.20 4.41 6.61 90.39 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84
10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 112.43 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 134.48 55.12 57.32 59.52 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 156.53 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.77 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 178.57 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.43 114.64 116.84 200.62 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 222.66 143.30 145.50 147.71 149.91 152.12
.
De al
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 244.71 165.35 167.55 169.75 171.96 174.16
pt
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 266.76 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.00 196.21
90 198.41 200.62 202.82 205.03 288.80 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
g no
in ti
1 L=0.2642 U.S.Gal
et a
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
n
10 2.642 2.906 3.170 3.435 3.699 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.756 5.020
20 5.284 5.548 5.812 6.077 6.341 6.605 6.869 7.133 7.398 7.662
Ma t
30 7.926 8.190 8.454 8.719 8.983 9.247 9.511 9.775 10.040 10.304
In
40 10.568 10.832 11.096 11.361 11.625 11.889 12.153 12.417 12.682 12.946
50 13.210 13.474 13.738 14.003 14.267 14.531 14.795 15.059 15.324 15.588
60 15.852 16.116 16.380 16.645 16.909 17.173 17.437 17.701 17.966 18.230
70 18.494 18.758 19.022 19.287 19.551 19.815 20.079 20.343 20.608 20.872
80 21.136 21.400 21.664 21.929 22.193 22.457 22.721 22.985 23.250 23.514
90 23.778 24.042 24.306 24.571 24.835 25.099 25.363 25.627 25.892 26.156
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980
10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.739 3.959 4.179
20 4.399 4.619 4.839 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7.259 7.479 7.699 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9.459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.779
50 10.999 11.218 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.538 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
.
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
De al
pt
80 17.598 17.818 18.038 18.258 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017
g n 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
o
kgm to ft.lb
1 kgm=7.233 ft.lb
in ti
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
司
公
销
营
10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
n
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
rk er
40 289.3 296.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.3 390.6 397.8 405.0 412.3 419.5 426.7
Ma t
60 434.0 441.2 448.4 455.7 462.9 470.1 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
In
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 1005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.6 1048.8 1056.0 1063.3 1070.5 1077.7
150 1085.0 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1229.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.2 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
kg/cm2 to lb/in2
1 kg/cm2=14.2233 lb/in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0
10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.3 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.0 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
.
De al
70 996 1010 1024 1038 1053 1067 1081 1095 1109 1124
pt
80 1138 1152
g n 1166 1181 1195 1209 1223 1237 1252 1266
90 1280 1294 1309 1323 1337 1351 1365 1380 1394 1408
o
100 1422 1437 1451 1465 1479 1493 1508 1522 1536 1550
in ti
110 1565 1579 1593 1607 1621 1636 1650 1664 1678 1693
120 1707 1721 1735 1749 1764 营
销
公
司
1778 1792 1806 1821 1835
130 1849 1863 1877 1892 1906 1920 1934 1949 1963 1977
et a
140 1991 2005 2020 2034 2048 2062 2077 2091 2105 2119
n
rk er
150 2133 2148 2162 2176 2190 2205 2219 2233 2247 2262
160 2276 2290 2304 2318 2333 2347 2361 2375 2390 2404
170 2418 2432 2446 2461 2475 2489 2503 2518 2532 2546
Ma t
180 2560 2574 2589 2603 2617 2631 2646 2660 2674 2688
In
190 2702 2717 2731 2745 2759 2774 2788 2802 2816 2830
200 2845 2859 2873 2887 2902 2916 2930 2944 2958 2973
210 2987 3001 3015 3030 3044 3058 3072 3086 3101 3115
220 3129 3143 3158 3172 3186 3200 3214 3229 3243 3257
230 3271 3286 3300 3314 3328 3342 3357 3371 3385 3399
240 3414 3428 3442 3456 3470 3485 3499 3513 3527 3542
1.8.2 Temperature
Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion: A simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading
into a Centigrade temperature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the
center (boldface column) of figures. These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or
Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column to
be a table of Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the
column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column to
be a table of Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
.
De al
℃ ℉ ℃ ℉ ℃ ℉ ℃ ℉
pt
-40.0 -40 -40.0 -11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 177.8
-37.2 -35 -31.0
g n -11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
-34.4 -30 -22.0 -10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
-31.7 -25 -13.0 -10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
o
-28.9 -20
-2 -4.0 -9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
in ti
-28.3 -19 -2.2 -8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8
-27.8 -18 -0.4 -8.3 17 62.6 11.1 52 125.6 30.6 87 188.6
-27.2 -17 1.4 -7.8 18 64.4 营
销
公
司
tE.
l
Pg Aona
DG
ep
in ti
司
公
销
营
etK a
n
ArkNer
Ma t
BL In
Shop Safety
.
2 Shop Safety
De al
pt
2.1 Hazard Alert Information .......................................................................................... 2-3
2.2 General Shop Safety ............................................................................................... 2-5
g n
2.2.1 Rules and shop behavior ............................................................................... 2-6
o
2.2.2 Housekeeping ................................................................................................ 2-6
in ti
.
De al
2.4.18 Jump-Start Safety ...................................................................................... 2-25
pt
2.4.19 Avoiding fire and explosion ........................................................................ 2-26
g n
2.4.20 Chemical hazard ........................................................................................ 2-27
2.4.21 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) ........................................................ 2-27
o
2.4.22 Proper disposal of wastes .......................................................................... 2-28
in ti
2 SHOP SAFETY
2.1 Hazard Alert Information
Most accidents are usually caused by the failure to follow fundamental repair procedures and
safety rules for the system under repair. To avoid accidents it is important to read and understand
all information outlined in this manual before performing repairs on the machine system.
The following (ANSI/ISO) signal words are used to inform you that there is a potentially hazard-
ous situation that may lead to damage, personal injury or even death. In this manual, on the ma-
chine, part or component decals and different signal words are used to express the potential level
of a hazard.
.
De al
DANGER WARNING
pt
● Indicates an imminent hazard which ● Indicates a potentially hazardous situa-
WILL result in serious injury or death if tion which COULD result in serious in-
g n
message is ignored. jury or death if message is ignored.
o
in ti
CAUTION 营
销
公
司
NOTICE
et a
nored.
Ma t
This is to alert the user of a hazard. It is This symbol is used in a graphic to alert
In
Besides the above signals words, the following words are also used to remind you of rules to be
followed or to provide you with very useful information.
Note: It is followed by measures that must be taken to prevent reduction of machine service life.
Remark: It is followed by very useful information.
WARNING
● Improper repair procedures on this machine can be hazardous and could result in serious in-
jury or even death.
● All personnel involved with the repair of this machine must read this manual thoroughly before
performing any procedures on this equipment.
● Some actions involved in the operation or repair of this machine could cause a serious acci-
dent if they are not performed in the manner described in this manual.
● All precautions outlined in this manual apply only to intended repair procedures of the ma-
chine or system. If you perform any repairs not specifically prohibited, you must be sure that it
is safe for you and others. In no event should you or others engage in prohibited uses or ac-
tions as described in this manual.
.
De al
● SANY delivers machines that comply with all applicable regulations and standards of
pt
the country to which the machines have been shipped. If this machine has been pur-
chased in another country or purchased from someone in another country, it may lack
g n
certain safety features and specifications that are necessary for use in your country. If
o
there is any question about whether your product complies with the applicable stan-
dards and regulations of your country, contact your SANY representative before per-
in ti
.
ect and then forgotten; most accidents are
De al
caused by carelessness, being in a hurry or by
pt
simply disregarding safety rules. Remember
this, if you are DILIGENT and follow instruc-
g n
tions outlined in this shop manual with care,
repair operations can be safe and enjoyable.
o
Safe work practices, should become a force of
in ti
habit.
司
公
销
营
et a
WARNING
n
.
● The shop is a place to work, not play. It is
De al
NOT a place for “horseplay”. A “joker”
pt
in a repair shop is a “walking hazard” to
everyone. Daydreaming or socializing on
g n
the job also increases your chances of in-
o
jury. Fig. 2-2
in ti
2.2.2 Housekeeping
n
.
WX235R-1200002
uids.
De al
● Never store liquids in containers that are Fig. 2-3
pt
not properly labeled for that liquid. Confu-
sion could result in equipment damage, fire
g n
or an unexpected explosion.
o
● Never smoke or bring open flames around
in ti
with caution.
rk er
WX235R-1200003
Fig. 2-4
.
tive electrical components.
De al
Fig. 2-5
pt
g n
2.2.6 Appropriate Working Apparel
o
Improper or loose clothing, casual dress cloth-
ing, jewelry, incorrect shoes or long hair can
in ti
WX235R-1200005
In
Fig. 2-6
Fig. 2-7
.
Fig. 2-8
De al
were using to be sure no tools were left in
pt
the machine.
● Always put shop tools back in there proper
g n
storage location when finished.
o
● If welding repairs are needed, always have
in ti
a trained, experienced or certified welder
carry out the work.
司
公
销
营
et a
Exits
rk er
shop.
In
.
explosive systems, use only approved anti-
De al
explosion proof work lamps. Non-approved
pt
work lamps can cause an explosion or fire.
g no
Fig. 2-10
in ti
about to lift.
● If straps are to be used, ensure they are in
good condition and rated for the load to be
lifted with them.
● If you must lift the load by hand, keep your
Fig. 2-11
back straight and parallel with the load,
and lift the load using your leg muscles to
avoid back injuries. Always ask for a lifting
assistant.
.
De al
Block the tracks (if equipped) or wheels (if
pt
equipped) with chocks to prevent the machine
from moving. g n
If equipped, set the hydraulic lock lever in the
LOCKED position. If equipped, set the parking
o
brake in the PARK position.
in ti
Fig. 2-12
Be sure all personnel and equipment is clear
of your work area and you can be seen by all 营
销
公
司
Fig. 2-13
● Wear a face shield when removing spring
or elastic parts, or adding acid to battery.
.
De al
Wear safety hat and goggles when you
pt
weld or cut with a torch.
● Never carry out grinding, flame cutting or
g n
welding without an aspirator and ventilation
o
equipment. If you have to weld on the ma-
chine, refer to related instructions and un-
in ti
CZ335-1102070
Fig. 2-14
rk er
Ma t
In
2.3.3 Lockout/Tagout
Due to the size and complexity of this ma-
chine, Lockout and Tagout procedures may
be required by your company to ensure the
safety of yourself and others involved in the
repair process of the machine. While work
is in progress, all power sources must be
disabled, locked and tagged with a warning
label. Lockout/Tagout procedure establishes
the minimum requirements used to isolate all
power sources from potentially hazardous en-
ergy, and to ensure that the machine is“locked
out and tagged out” before anyone performs
.
De al
repairs on the machine.
pt
Sequence of procedures
g n
Only authorized employees performing repairs
o
on the machine shall perform Lockout/Tagout
in accordance with this procedure listed below. DA
NG
in ti
DO
OP NO
et a
service.
The following steps shall be performed in the
sequence listed when the equipment is to be
Ma t
.
De al
Returning to service
pt
1. The authorized person who performed the
Lock out/Tagout procedure shall check the
g n
area around the machine to ensure that no
one is exposed to any hazard before start-
o
up.
in ti
.
De al
● Do not touch any control lever. If some
pt
control lever must be operated, send signal
to other people and warn them to transfer
g n
to safe place quickly.
o
● Do not drop or insert the tools and other
in ti
objects into the fan or fan belt, or the parts
will be broken or thrown out.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
.
De al
contact between the person performing the CZ335-1102077
pt
repairs on the machine at all times.
Fig. 2-18
● If equipped, all lock levers must be in the
g n
LOCK position or the parking brake must
o
be in the PARK position.
in ti
● The person in the cab must never touch
any controls. If a control lever must be op-
erated, always maintain a clear view to the
司
公
销
营
ver.
rk er
Fig. 2-19
ture surfaces.
● Keep in mind that during running opera-
tions, hydraulic systems, cooling systems
and fuel systems will be under extremely
high pressure and at high temperatures.
● Always use caution when working on or
near these systems.
CZ335-1102012
Fig. 2-20
.
These actions may lead to serious injury.
De al
Fig. 2-21
Always bring the equipment to a full stop
pt
and turn the engine OFF.
g n
● When getting on or off the equipment,
always face the equipment and maintain
o
a three-point contact (both feet and one
in ti
hand or one foot and both hands) with the
handrails, steps and platforms to ensure
that you support yourself correctly.
司
公
销
营
et a
WX235R-1200009
.
De al
Fig. 2-23
pt
2.4.4 Jacking Up the Machine
g n
● If you will be working under the machine
always use approved jack stands that will
o
support the weight of the machine you are
in ti
working on.
● Never rely on the hydraulics of the ma- 营
销
公
司
Fig. 2-24
Ma t
In
Fig. 2-25
.
WX235R-1200012
De al
Fig. 2-26
pt
2.4.7 Driving Pins
g n
When using a hammer to drive pins, metal
o
particles may fly off. This may lead to serious
eye injuries. Always do the following:
in ti
mer.
n
Fig. 2-27
age to the component may result. Always
In
CZ335-1102070
.
Fig. 2-28
De al
pt
2.4.10 Track Recoil Springs
g n
If you are making repairs to a machine
o
equipped with tracks, always be aware of the
in ti
dangers involved with track recoil springs. This
spring is under extreme pressure at all times.
If it is disassembled by mistake, the spring
司
公
销
营
et a
Fig. 2-29
when separating the master link section of the
In
track.
.
● Never carry out inspections or replace
De al
items while the system is under pressure.
pt
● Never use any part of your body to check
g n
or feel for leaks. Always wear safety
glasses and leather gloves when checking
o
for leaks and use a piece of wood or card-
in ti
WARNING
.
De al
conditioning system.
pt
● In maintenance of air-conditioning system,
observe the instruction on the refrigerant
g n
cylinder and use it correctly. The type of
o
refrigerant is R134a. Use of other refriger-
ants may damage the air-conditioning sys-
in ti
tem.
● Obey local material disposal regulations.
司
公
销
营
et a
Fig. 2-31
rk er
.
move the positive (+) clamp last.
De al
pt
When reconnecting the battery, be sure every Fig. 2-33
electrical system switch is in the OFF position,
g n
connect the positive clamp (+) first, then the
negative clamp(-) last.
o
in ti
2.4.15 Accumulator 营
销
公
司
et a
or open flames.
● Never weld on the accumulator.
In
.
Fig. 2-35
De al
escape before servicing the battery.
pt
● When working with batteries, always work
g n
in a well ventilated area.
o
● If the battery is corroded, flush the area
in ti
with a baking soda and warm water mix.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
CZ335-1102062
Fig. 2-36
Ma t
In
CZ335-1102083
Fig. 2-37
CAUTION
.
De al
chine, connect the positive (+) jumper first, Fig. 2-38
pt
then the negative (-) jumper to a remote loca-
tion on the chassis away from the battery.
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
WARNING
.
De al
● Then engine must be shut down and elec-
pt
trical equipment must be switched off when
refueling the tank. Be extremely care-
g n
ful when adding fuel to a hot engine. No
sparks shall occur around the grounding
o
nozzle.
in ti
.
De al
pt
2.4.21 Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS)
g n
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) informa-
o
tion relating to the materials the workers could
in ti
be exposed to.
● MSDS data sheets provide both workers 营
销
公
司
Fig. 2-40
with all MSDS-related information as it re-
In
.
De al
● Never dump waste fluids directly to the
pt
ground, sewage or water source.
● Leaking of refrigerant from air conditioner
g n
can spoil the atmosphere of the globe.
o
Related laws and regulations must be fol-
lowed to recover or regenerate the refriger-
in ti
ant.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
CZ335-1102087
Fig. 2-42
Ma t
In
.
30 60 90 120 150
De al
Hanging angle (Deg.)
● Do not step on the load.
pt
ZX215-1000001
2. Check the slings before starting sling work.
g n Fig. 2-43
3. Always wear gloves during sling work.
o
(Wear leather gloves, if available.)
4. Measure the weight of the load by the eye
in ti
symmetrically.
In
.
the hook.
De al
pt
● Slinging near the tip of the hook may ZX215-1000002
CAUTION
.
De al
pt
2.5.3 Using overhead hoist crane
g n
1. Before starting work, inspect the wire
o
ropes, brake, clutch, controller, rails, over
wind stop device, electric shock prevention
in ti
.
stop the operation.
De al
pt
15. After finishing the work, stop the hoist at
the specified position and raise the hook to
g n
at least 2 m above the floor. Do not leave
the sling installed to the hook.
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Wire Rope
(Standard Z or S type of strand, ungalvanized)
Nominal Diameter Allowable Load
mm kN t
10 9.8 1.0
11.5 13.7 1.4
12.5 15.7 1.6
.
De al
14 21.6 2.2
pt
16 27.5 2.8
18 35.5 3.6
20
g no
43.1 4.4
22.4 54.9 5.6
in ti
30 98.1 10.0
40 176.5 18.0
司
公
销
营
50 274.6 28.0
et a
60 392.2 40.0
n
rk er
CAUTION
tE.
DG al
ep
gA no
i
tKi t
nP
司
公
销
营
a
kNe rn
aAr et
BLM In
Specifications
.
3 Specifications
De al
pt
3.1 Specific Dimension .................................................................................................. 1-3
3.1.1 Dimension ...................................................................................................... 1-3
g n
3.1.2 Working ranges .............................................................................................. 1-4
o
3.2 Technical Specifications........................................................................................... 1-5
in ti
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
3 SPECIFICATIONS
3.1 Specific Dimension
3.1.1 Dimension
A
D
I
C
E
.
De al
pt
L
H
G F
B
J
g no
K
in ti
CZ425-1103002
Fig. 3-1 营
销
公
司
et a
n
.
De al
pt
a
g
g n
b
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
d
In
CZ425-1103004
Fig. 3-2
.
3.2 Technical Specifications
De al
pt
Item Unit SY365H-9 SY365BH-9
g n
Bucket capacity m3 1.6(Rockwork) 1.8(Earthwork)
o
Operating weight kg 35,000 35,000
in ti
Gradeability Degree 35 35
rk er
.
Alternator 24V/50A
De al
Carrier roller (each side) 2
pt
Undercarriage
L/min
2×158
et a
In
Travel motor
Planetary gear reducer F80/121/OM/MB
(Including brake valve and parking brake)×2
Angle type plunger motor - planetary gear reducer (upright)
Swing motor M5×180CHB-10A-3NA/265 - RG20D25G2-140
(Swing stop controller)×1
Hydraulic cylinder
Unit: kg
Machine Model SY365H-9 SY365BH-9
Engine 720 720
Radiator assembly 118 118
Hydraulic tank assembly (excluding
234 234
hydraulic oil)
Fuel tank assembly (excluding fuel) 235 235
Swing platform 3040 3040
Operator station 150 150
.
Operator seat & console 76 76
De al
Counterweight 6800 6800
pt
Hydraulic pump g n 186 186
Main control valve 380 380
o
Swing reducer assembly 422 422
Travel reducer assembly 389×2 389×2
in ti
Swivel joint 45 45
Track frame 营
销
公
司
4612 4612
et a
Carrier roller
44×18 44×18
Track roller
Boom assembly 2574 2574
Ma t
Note: The weight table is only used as a reference for handling the components or transporting
the machine.
SAE 30
SAE 10W
Engine oil pan
SAE 10W-30
Engine oil
SAE 15W-40
.
Carrier roller
De al
Idler
pt
Track roller SAE 30
Swing drive
Gear oil
Final drive
g no
SAE 10W
in ti
SAE 15W-40
et a
Hydraulic sys-
n
tem
HDZ32 low temp, wear-resistant
rk er
Hydraulic
oil HDZ46 wear-resistant
Ma t
HDZ68 wear-resistant
In
GB252 super 0#
Cooling sys-
Coolant TEEC-L35 antifreeze
tem
Note: 1) Sany recommends using API CF-4 or above, not lower than API CD.
2) Sany recommends using gear oil GL-5.
3) To ensure oil quality, always buy genuine oil from Sany or your Sany distributor.
Max torque
872.8 or more Nm/approx.1700 min-1 1050
(872.8~/approx.1700 min -1)
950
850
.
De al
750
pt
g n 650
司
公
销
营
et a
150
n
rk er
100
Ma t
In
50
Max speed without load
2275±25 min-1
-1
(2250~2300min )
0
Rate of fuel consumption
(Max output power) 280
236.6 g/kWh or less
(~236.6 g/kWh) 260
240
220
200
180
800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400
W36531305
Fig. 3-3
tE.
DG al
ep
gA no
i
tKi t
nP
司
公
销
营
a
kNe rn
aAr et
BLM In
.
De al
pt
4 Structure and Functions
g n
4.1 Engine and Cooling System ................................................................................... 4-5
o
4.1.1 Engine-related parts....................................................................................... 4-5
in ti
.
De al
4.6.3 Relief valve section ...................................................................................... 4-82
pt
4.6.4 Anti-jerk valve............................................................................................... 4-84
g n
4.6.4.1 Operation diagram .............................................................................. 4-84
4.6.4.2 Effect illustration.................................................................................. 4-84
o
4.6.5 Central Swivel Joint ..................................................................................... 4-86
in ti
.
De al
4.8.1.9 Evaporator ........................................................................................ 4-141
pt
4.8.1.10 Dehydrator ..................................................................................... 4-142
g n
4.8.1.11 Pressure switch .............................................................................. 4-143
4.8.1.12 Fresh air sensor .............................................................................. 4-144
o
4.8.2 Refrigerant ................................................................................................. 4-145
in ti
.
De al
4.11.3.4 Engine & throttle signals ................................................................. 4-203
pt
4.11.3.5 Pilot pressure signals ...................................................................... 4-203
g n
4.11.3.6 Main pump & main valve signals..................................................... 4-204
4.11.3.7 Failure codes................................................................................... 4-204
o
4.11.3.8 Throttle help information ................................................................. 4-205
in ti
2
M6
M6 Ⅱ
.
De al
俁
pt
2
g n 4 Ⅰ
3
o
in ti
I
司
4
公
销
营
et a
Ⅱ
Coupling installation
n
4×M18×60-10.9
5
rk er
AA-6HK1XQA
In
W365413091
Fig. 4-1
3
4
.
De al
1 2 6 7
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
W365413092
Fig. 4-2
Ma t
3 2 1
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
4 5 6 7 8 9
司
公
销
营
et a
n
10
rk er
Ma t
In
ZX365-1304003
Fig. 4-3
.
De al
pt
g n
7
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
1
et a
n
9
rk er
8
Ma t
In
2 3 4 5
11
12°
12 ZX335-1002050
Fig. 4-4
.
Clearance between No.1 planetary gear and
De al
14 0.133 ~ 0.386 1.00
gear hub
pt
Replace
Clearance between No.1 sun gear and
15 0.05 ~ 0.286 1.10
No.1 planetary gear
g n
Clearance between No.2 sun gear and
o
16 0.076 ~ 0.304 1.00
No.2 planetary gear
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
19 20
.
De al
pt
21
8
g n
24
o
22
6 10
in ti
23
11
司
公
12
销
营
5
et a
26
n
7 4
rk er
13
14
3
2
Ma t
In
15 1
17
16
18
28
ZX335-1002004
Fig. 4-5
Specification
.
De al
Reduction ratio: 25.2
pt
No.
g no
Check Item Criteria Remedy
b
●
● ●
A
A
.
De al
pt
1
g no
2
in ti
司
公
销
营
3
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
927±103 Nm 927±103Nm
A-A
ZX335-1002005
Fig. 4-6
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
1 2 3 4
.
De al
11
pt
9 8 7 6 5
g n
Ɣ
o
10
in ti
12
X
公
销
营
et a
n
X
rk er
ZX365-1304006
Ma t
Fig. 4-7
In
Unit: mm
.
length Installation Installation Free Installation
De al
12 Tension spring × Outer length load length load Replace
pt
diameter
{21280kg}
g no
1225x 262 655
208.5KN
795 —
in ti
Model
SY365H-9/SY365BH-9
n
Item
rk er
49
shoes on one side
In
4.3.2 Idler
4
3
7
8
.
157~255 Nm
De al
pt
g no
in ti
1 2
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
ZX215-1002010
Fig. 4-8
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Protrusion outer dia.
635 —
2 Tread outer dia. 590 578 Build-up
3 Tread thickness 30 24 welding
4 Tread difference 22.5 26 or replace
.
7
De al
shaft and bushing
pt
φ80 — — — —
9
et a
5 3
.
De al
pt
4
g n
2 1
o
6 7
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZX215-1002011
rk er
Fig. 4-9
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Ma t
8 9 2 1
.
549±59 Nm
De al
pt
g no
7 5 6
in ti
销
公
司
ZX215-1002012
营
Fig. 4-10
et a
Unit: mm
n
Build-up
3 Tread thickness 51.5 40.5 welding or
In
replace
4 Overall width 250 —
5 Tread width 50.5 —
6 Flange width 27 —
7 Inner width 95
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between size Shaft Hole clearance limit
8
shaft and bushing
70 — — — — Replace
Standard Tolerance Standard Interference bushing
Interference between
9 track roller and bush- size Shaft Hole interference limit
ing 77 — — — —
Clearance between Standard clearance Clearance limit
bushing and collar
10 Replace
(Sum of clearances 0.5 - 1.0 —
on both sides)
4.3.5 Track
.
De al
pt
g no
20
in ti
22 24
8
司
公
销
营
16 12
et a
13
5
n
11 21
rk er
23 25
7 6 15 2 9 3 14
Ma t
10
In
18 17 19
ZX215-1002013
Fig. 4-11
Unit: mm
.
De al
6 178.4
pt
7 Shoe bolt pitch 140.4
8 76.2
9
g no
Inside width 102
10 Link Overall width 23.2
in ti
Overall length
14 242
n
of pin
Overall length
15 158.9
rk er
of bushing
16 Spacer thickness —
17 Bushing 88.2 -245 kN{9-25 ton}
Ma t
Press-fitting
18 Regular pin 127.4 -274.4 kN{13-28 ton} —
force
In
Unit: mm
.
+0.46 +0.074
De al
66.5 0.36-0.464
+0.41 0
pt
Interference between pin +0.19 –0.188 Adjust or
22 44.6 0.285-0.485 replace
and link g n +0.09 –0.20
Tolerance Standard clear-
Standard size
Clearance between pin Shaft Hole ance
o
23
and bushing +0.19 +1.35
44.6 0.18-0.83
in ti
+0.09 +0.85
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
5 6 7
1
8
2
3 4
.
De al
pt
g n ZX215-1002014
Fig. 4-12
o
Unit: mm
in ti
2 Thickness 11
rk er
3 29
Length of base
4 24 Build-up welding
Ma t
5 22 or replace
6 Length at tip 16
In
7 22
Standard size Repair limit
8 Thickness
41 31
.
(8) Radiator
De al
pt
(9) Accumulator
(10) Left travel motor
g n
(11) Right travel motor 1
o
(12) Swing motor
in ti
3 4 5 6 7 8
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
A
rk er
Ma t
In
10
18F18E A
11 18D
12 18C
13 17 18B
14 18A
15
16
18
W365-1304008
Fig. 4-14
Shop Manual - April 2014 4-25
Structure and Functions SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
1 2 B
6<++&
.
De al
pt
B
g n
B-B
o
4 5 6 7
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
W365-1304009
Fig. 4-15
Specification
Tank capacity: 340 L
.
Breather valve
De al
pt
Filter fineness: 10μm
Ambient temp: -30℃ -100℃
g n
Pressure setting: Air inlet side → 0.005 MPa
o
Air outlet side → 0.05 MPa
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Type: K5V160DTH1×4R-9T06-V
B1
a5(16N·m)
a2(36N·m)
a1(36N·m)
.
1
2
De al
pt
g n B3
o
in ti
Dr1(170N·m) Dr4(170N·m)
司
公
销
营
et a
5 PH1 4
A2
n
A3
rk er
Ma t
In
a4(36N·m)
ZX335-1002010
Fig. 4-16
4.4.3.1 Outline
● This pump consists of 2 variable swash
plate plunger pumps, 2 adjustors, and 1 pi-
lot gear pump.
.
De al
pump)
pt
PH1: Pressure sensor mounting port (front
pump)
g n
PH2: Pressure sensor mounting port (rear
o
pump)
in ti
2 3 13 6 7 14 8 9 16 10
15
.
1
De al
pt
12
4 5
g no
11
ZX215-1002019
in ti
Fig. 4-17
司
公
销
营
B 6 13 7 8
.
1
De al
pt
18
18 4
g no
A 5 17
ZX215-1002020
in ti
Fig. 4-18
司
公
销
营
4.4.3.2 Function
et a
● The torque of the engine is transmitted ● Swash plate (4) has flat surface (A), and
n
to the pump shaft (1), and drives cylinder slipper (5) is always pressed against this
block (7) to rotate. At the same time, nine surface while sliding in a circular move-
rk er
● It is possible to change the displacement ● Plunger (6) carries out relative movement
by changing the swash plate angle. in the axial direction inside each cylinder
chamber of cylinder block (7).
4.4.3.3 Structure
● Cylinder block (7) seals the pressurized oil
● Cylinder block (7) is supported to shaft (1) to oil distributor (8) and carries out relative
by spline (17). rotation.
● Shaft (1) is supported by front and rear ● This surface is designed so that the oil
bearings (18). pressure balance is maintained at a suit-
● Tip of plunger (6) is shaped as a concave able level.
ball and slipper (5) is caulked to it to form ● The oil inside the respective cylinder cham-
one unit. bers of cylinder block (7) is sucked in and
● Plunger (6) and slipper (5) constitute the delivered through oil distributor (8).
spherical bearing.
changes. X
B ZX215-1002021
● (a) stands for the angle of the swash plate.
Fig. 4-19
● With central line (X) of swash plate (4) at
a swash plate angle (a) in relation to the
.
De al
axial direction of cylinder block (7), flat sur- 4 5 6
pt
A F
face (A) acts as a cam in relation to slipper
(5). g n
● In this way, plunger (6) slides on the in-
o
side of cylinder block (7), so a difference
between volumes (E) and (F) is created
in ti
a
inside cylinder block (7). X
E
● A single plunger sucks and discharges the
司
公
销
7
营
ZX215-1002022
et a
Fig. 4-21
.
De al
angle and changes the displacement of the Fig. 4-22
pt
main pump.
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
434
310
355
732
.
De al
pt
311
312
g no
309 307 308 434 850 466 725 435 361 353
in ti
ZX215-1002025
Fig. 4-23 销
公
司
营
et a
Function
The engine drives the main pump shaft and the pilot pump shaft through the gearbox. The pilot
pump is operated through gear engagement.
4.4.5 Regulator
755 541
545
543
ൟো
TYPE
ᑣ߫ো
SERIAL NUMBER
Pm
E E-E
铭牌
DETAIL OF STAMP FOR TYPE
AND SERIAL NUMBER
E 601
.
De al
B
496 418 079
pt
757 413
438
g no
439
646 438
in ti
656 D
司
公
销
营
et a
D
n
B 924
755
rk er
722 543 755 545 541 438 466 730 643 708 644 645 728 801
724 725 B-B
C向
Ma t
A-A
734
897 876 874 755 653
In
C
614
613
611 627
A 631
875 753
898
756
732
763
733
622 625 626 887
621 623
W365P130701
Fig. 4-24
.
De al
541 Seat Alloy steel 2 60008884
pt
543 Stopper 1
g n Alloy steel 2 60008885
545 Steel ball Bearing steel 2
601 Housing Cast iron 1 60197213
o
611 Feedback rod block Alloy steel 1 60075481
in ti
1 60008522
et a
.
De al
725 O-ring seal NBR 1 60008696 JISB 2401
pt
727 g nO-ring seal NBR 1 60008700 JISB 2401
728 O-ring seal NBR 1 60008702 JISB 2401
730 O-ring seal NBR 1 60008704 JISB 2401
o
732 O-ring seal NBR 1 60008701 JISB 2401
in ti
Operating principle
● The regulator controls the flow of the main
pup through various pressure signal com- Psv A
1
mands, keeping the pump’s driving pow-
er lower than the engine power 2
.
4
De al
the oil passage of servo piston (5) accord- B
pt
ing to various pressure signal commands, W365P130702
By changing the value I of command current flowing to the electromagnetic proportional pres-
et a
sure reducing valve, the inclination angle (output flow) of pump can be controlled freely. This is a
n
regulator featured with positive flow control (forward control), in which the output flow Q increases
with the value I of command current. With such a device, when you input a current necessary for
rk er
flow required by corresponding operation, the pump only delivers a flow as desired and no power
will be wasted.
Ma t
Power control (+ power shift): For emergency (with rod pulled out)
In
● In case of emergency, the power shift command pressure Pf is used to change the value of
power setting. The power shift command pressure (secondary pressure P2 of electromagnetic
proportional pressure reducing valve) is introduced via in-pump passage to the power control
component of each regulator and shifted to respective similar power setting value.
● When power shifting is being performed, the rising of self-pump output pressure Pd1 automat-
ically reduces the inclination (output flow) of the pump. As a result, the input torque is limited
under certain value. (In case of constant speed, the input power becomes constant too.)
● When power control is exercised, regulator of each pump is controlled to the same inclina-
tion (output flow). Therefore, power control is performed irrelevant to the load of both pumps.
Overload of prime mover is prevented as a result. In addition, the normal pressure for power
shift is 0 MPa. So the power control is inactive in normal hours.
● With this mechanism, optimum power can be achieved in butting operation.
Although the regulator has the two control mechanisms described above, each control in joint ac-
tion can put small inclination (flow) command to priority via mechanical calculation.
Regulator adjustment
● Adjusting the adjusting screws (953, 954) at the pump body side can obtain the minimum flow
and the maximum flow. Power control characteristics can be changed by adjusting the screw
(C) (628) and the wheel (C) (627) of this adjustor. The flow control characteristics can be
achieved by adjusting the socket-headed setscrew (924).
953
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
营
销
公
司
ZX335-1002014
et a
Fig. 4-26
n
Output flow Q
● Loosen the hex nut (808). Tighten (or
loosen) socket-headed setscrew (954). No
control characteristics except the maximum
flow changes.
Command current I
W365P130703
.
De al
Fig. 4-27
pt
Minimum flow adjustment (pump body
side) g n
● Loosen the hex nut (806). Tighten (or
Output flow Q
Command current I
W365P130704
Ma t
Fig. 4-28
In
Input power
Fig. 4-29
Output flow Q
loosen) the adjusting roller (C) (627) to carry
out adjustment. When adjusting roller (C) (627)
is being tightened, the flow (as shown) will in-
crease and input power will also increase.
.
De al
Fig. 4-30
pt
Adjustment of flow control characteristics
g n
Loosen the hex nut (801) and tighten (or
o Output flow Q
Command current I
W365P130707
Ma t
Fig. 4-31
In
Operating principle
Pump displacement Q
Flow control
As shown in the illustration on the right, the
outflow of pump can be controlled indefinitely
via feedback pressure value.
Command current I
W365P130708
Fig. 4-32
.
De al
wards direction D. The spool moving in direc- 532
E
pt
tion D connects port C1 with the oil tank port, W365P130709
Pz
tion E makes the feedback rod rotate with F
et a
Pd1
In
a3
B
W365P130710
Fig. 4-34
.
532
De al
C1. On the other hand, output pressure Pd1
W365P130711
pt
enters the small diameter end of the servo pis-
ton. As a result of the area difference, the ser-
g n Fig. 4-35
vo piston moves in direction K and the inclina-
tion is reduced, and the flow is also reduced.
o
Psv A
Since the feedback rod, the servo piston and
the spool form a whole unit, when the servo
in ti
Pz
spool move to its original position. As a result,
et a
completely closed.
Ma t
Pd1
In
a3
B
W365P130712
Fig. 4-36
Output flow Q
prime mover.
● The action of power control is the same as
that of the flow control. The following is a
brief description.
.
De al
W365P130713
pt
Fig. 4-37
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
Q
De al
direction as N with O as the pivot. Along with
532
pt
this, spool (652) which is connected to the W365P130714
Fig. 4-39
.
De al
with this, spool (652) which is connected to
532
pt
W365P130716
the feedback rod moves in direction V. If the
spool is moving in direction V, port C1 is con-
g n Fig. 4-40
nected with the tank port, and the pressure
inside the large diameter end of the servo pis-
o
ton is relieved as a result. Servo piston (532) Psv A
moves in direction W through the output pres-
in ti
closed. a3
B
W365P130717
Fig. 4-41
Output flow Q
of the pump can be set freely through pow-
er shift pressure Pf.
● If the power shift pressure Pf is increased,
compensating rod (623) will be pushed to
the right side via pin (898) and the offset
piston (621). Through the same action as
described in the power control overload-
ing prevention, the power set value can be
reduced by reducing pump inclination. On Output pressure (Pd1)
the contrary, the power set value can be
.
ZX335-1002029
De al
increased by reducing the power shift pres-
Fig. 4-42
pt
sure Pf.
● When the pump is under normal condition,
g n
the power shift pressure Pf is 0 MPa. In an
o
emergency, the power shift pressure Pf is
4.9 MPa.
in ti
司
公
销
营
4.5.1.1 Overview
XBtr (PTb)
XBp2 Px
XBa1 XBtL
XBs
PaL,Dra
Pns XAb1
CCk Dr4 BbR
XAb2 XBc
(P3) (P4) Dr2
+
BcR
(XBo)
BoR XAa2
Pna1,Dr3 BaR
.
De al
Dr3
Rs1
pt
Pna1
CCo
XAa1
(R4) Rs2
g no
XBp1
XAa1 (R2)
A向
XBp1
in ti
CT2 CP2 Pns Btr MR (PTa) XAtr BtL CP1 CT1 CMR1 CMR2 AtL
As Atr Dr4 Py Bb
Bs (ROD)
司
XAtL XAs
公
销
营
XAtr
ে㸠䍄
XBtr (PTb)
Ⳉ㒓㸠䍄
(PTa)
et a
LCs Drb
XAs ಲ䕀
XBs P2
Pns XBtL Ꮊ㸠䍄 XAtL
PbL Dr4 Ab
LCb2
n
XBb2
ࡼ㞖2
XAb2 Hvb AbR XAb1 XBb1
A (XAo) ࡼ㞖1
rk er
LCo
(Bo) AcR AoR LCk XAc PAcs
(XAo) OPTION
(XBo) XBc
(Ao) Dr3 Dr1 Dra Bc
䫆᭫
Ac
Dr3 (HEAD) (ROD)
Dra
᭫ᴚ1 ࡼ㞖2
XBa1 XAa1 Pna1 XAa2 XBa2
Ma t
PaL
(PTb) XBtr PG
R3
P2
Pns,Dr4
P1
PH
(PTa) XAtr
W365V130701
Fig. 4-43
P1 : Pump port (P1 side) PAcs : Pilot port, bucket (DIG) travel limit
P2 : Pump port (P2 side) Pna1 : Pilot port, arm 1 logic control valve
Aa : Rod end port, arm cylinder (OUT) Pns : Pilot port, swing logic control valve
Ba1 : Head end port, arm cylinder (IN) PG : Pilot pressure source port
(Ba2) : Head end port, arm cylinder (IN) PH : Pilot pressure source port
Ab : Head end port, boom cylinder (UP) Pz : Pilot pressure for boosting main relief valve
Bb : Rod end port, boom cylinder (DOWN) PaL : Pilot port, lock valve (arm rod end )
Ac : Rod end port, bucket cylinder (DUMP) PbL : Pilot port, lock valve (boom head end)
Bc : Head end port, bucket cylinder (DIG) Px : Signal port used for work equipment
Atr : Motor port, right travel Py : Signal port used for travel
Btr : Motor port, right travel Drl : Oil drain port
.
AtL : Motor port, left travel Dr2 : Oil drain port
De al
pt
BtL : Motor port, left travel Dr3 : Oil drain port
As : Motor port, swing
g n Dr4 : Oil drain port
Bs : Motor port, swing Dra : Oil drain port
o
XAtr : Pilot port, right travel Drb : Oil drain port
XBtr : Pilot port, right travel R1 : Oil return port
in ti
XAb2 : Pilot port, boom confluence (UP) (XBo) : (Backup pilot port)
In
C
PbL Drb
D 252 Dr4
D +
102 (P3) CCk
(P4)
Boom 1 P P Boom 2
991 AbR
Rs1
E 992×2
Hvb
AoR
E CCo
Bucket Backup
.
De al
Rs2
F AcR Q F
Dr3
pt
Dra
Dr1
211 (R4)
Arm 2 Arm 1
Pna1
PaL
G
g n AaR Arm regeneration stop
G M
P2 stop
o
252
H XBp2
Q H XAa1
103 XBp1
in ti
Dra
PG
151
et a
J 541
542 PaL
554
n
151 167
(PTb) XBtr 166 151
167
971×6
rk er
543 Q-Q
151
L-L 167
R3
L PG L 515
Ma t
521
551
In
P2
CCk
P1 561
169
153
CCo
551
A 561
167 151 521
PH
515
PbL Drb
MR
M-M
Pz
(PTa) XAtr
P-P
N-N
W365V130704
Fig. 4-44
PH P2 PG
XAtr XBtr
271×2 271×2
XAs XBs
271×2 271×2
XBb2 XAb2
271×2 271×2
(XAo) (XBo)
.
341
De al
271×2 168
pt
XBa1 XAa1
271×2 271×2
g no
(R2)
153 169
A-A
司
公
销
营
R3 P1
et a
271×2 271×2
n
(PTb) (PTa)
rk er
271×2 271×2
XBtL XAtL
271×2 271×2
Ma t
XAb1 XBb1
In
271×2 271×2
XBc
271×2 271×2
XAa2 XBa2
272×2 272×2
XBp1 XBp2
162
162
561 551 561 551 163
B-B
W365V130705
Fig. 4-45
153 201
169 336
201 332
336 373
332 Straight travel Right travel
337
372 (Pta) 332
337 XAtr
261
332
261 MR
601
308
Py
512 301
522
511
552
521
562 CMR2 Atr
512 551
522
CMR1 CT2
552 561
.
562 CT1 CP2 561
De al
561 551
pt
551 521
Btr 511
521
511
g no
263 Px
203
in ti
169 (PTb) XBtr 263
153 203
Section C-C
销
公
司
营
201 201
et a
336 336
332 Left travel Swing 332
373 371
n
337 337
XAtL XAs
332 332
rk er
261 261
165
163
In
511 AtL As
521
LCs
CP1 Pns
551
561 256
165 Bs
BtL 254
161
166
263 XBtL XBs 263
203 203
Section D-D
W365V130705
Fig. 4-46
201 201
336 336
332 332
373 Boom 1 Boom 2 371
337 337
332 XBb1 XBb2 332
261 602
AbR 261
553
561 307
523 Hvb
513 165
163
Ab
303 CCb
551
511
561
521
LCb 561
Lcb2
551
.
561 551
De al
Bb 521
pt
511
g no
Dr2
602
BbR XAb1 XAb2
263 263
in ti
169
营
563
201
et a
204
342 336
Bucket Backup 332
n
336 371
332 XBa2
337
371 (XAo) 332
rk er
PAcs
337 261
332 XAc 309
261
AcR AoR 605
602 166
Ma t
304
162
In
164 275×4
165
264
163 Ac (Ao)
213
511
521 511
521
LCk LCo
551 551
561 561
264
164 (Bo)
Bc 213
161
275×4
166 605
602 BoR
BcR XBc (XBo) 263
263 203
203 Section F-F 169
153 W365V130706
Fig. 4-47
201 201
336 336
332 332
375 Arm 2 Arm 1 371
337 337
332 XBa2 XBa1 332
261 261
306
302
Dra
Dr1 167
511 151
521 561
561 553
551 Hv6
523
276×4 LCAT2 LCa 513
285
266 Pna1
214
.
De al
531 255
522 Ba1 253
pt
514 Ba2
153
169
275×4
g n
214
o
264 261
602 BaR XAa2
in ti
263 205
203
XAa1
152 销
公
司
Section G-G
营
168
et a
202
333 P2 stop
331 Arm regeneration stop
n
324 XBp2
323 257
334
rk er
602
331
262
551 AaR
561
Ma t
169
153
In
(N2) CCk Aa
310
310 CCo
R1
(N1)
153
169
561
551 (R2)
262
331
267 215 277×4
334
323
324
331 XBp1
333 Section H-H
P1 stop W365V130707
202
Fig. 4-48
Torque Torque
No. Part name Qty No. Part name Qty
(N.m) (N.m)
101 Valve body A 1 305 Swing spool 1
102 Valve body B 1 306 Spool, arm 2 1
103 Valve body C 1 307 Spool, boom 2 1
Spool AS, straight
151 Oil plug 6 13~17 308 1
travel
152 Oil plug 2 34~39 309 Backup 1
153 Oil plug 10 69~78 310 Spool, bypass stop 2
161 O-ring seal 4 323 Spring 2
162 O-ring seal 6 324 Spring 2
163 O-ring seal 9 331 Spring seat 4
164 O-ring seal 2 332 Spring seat 20
165 O-ring seal 4 333 Bolt with washer 2 16~18
166 O-ring seal 12 334 Stopper 2
167 O-ring seal 6 336 Bolt with washer 10 37~41
.
De al
168 O-ring seal 3 337 Stopper 10
169 O-ring seal 10 341 Oil plug 1 34~39
pt
201 Spring cap 9 342 Piston 1
202 Spring cap 2 351 节流塞(φ0.7) 3 7.8~9.8
203
g n
Spool cap 9 371 Spring 8
204 Spring cap 1 372 Spring 1
o
205 Spool cap 1 375 Spring 1
211 Plate 1 511 Cone valve 10
in ti
plate
Pipeless opening cover
216 1 515 Cone valve 2
n
plate
252 Lock valve selector GP 2 9.8~14 521 Spring 12
rk er
Travel (L)
.
Swing
De al
pt
Boom 1
g no
Boom 2
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
Bucket Backup
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Arm 2 Arm 1
Bypass stop
W365V130703
Fig. 4-49
Operating principle
1) When spool is neutral position
(Main circuit)
● When all spools are in neutral position, the working oil from (front) hydraulic pump enters the
pump port P1, is guided to the main oil passage (1), and returns to the oil tank via the return
ports R1 and R3 by passing through the neutral bypass (2) (function of neutral M-shaped
spool) of each spool in straight travel (308), left travel (301), boom 1 (303), bucket (304) and
arm 2 (306).
● The working oil from (rear) hydraulic pump enters the pump port P2, is guided to the main
oil passage (3), and returns to the oil tank via the return ports R1 and R3 by passing through
the neutral bypass (4) (function of neutral M-shaped spool) of each spool in right travel (301),
swing (305), boom 2 (307), backup (309) and arm 1 (302).
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
(1) R3 P1
(2)
(PTb) (PTa)
XBtL XAtL
XAb1 XBb1
XBc
.
De al
pt
XAa2 XBa2
g no
XBp1 XBp2
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
(p3)
(3)
PH P2 PG
n
(4)
rk er
XAtr XBtr
Ma t
XAs XBs
In
XBb2 XAb2
(XAo) (XBo)
XBa1
(R2)
2) Travel
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to left travel spool or right travel spool, the side oil passage closes and the
pressure in port Py (travel signal port) rises.
(Main circuit)
● When pressure is present in pilot port XBtL used for left travel spool (301), the neutral bypass
(2) at the side of boom 1 closes. The working oil fed from (front) hydraulic pump is delivered
through port BtL to the left travel motor.
● Likewise, when pressure is present in pilot port XBtr used for right travel spool (301), the neu-
tral bypass (2) at the side of arm 1 closes. The working oil fed from (rear) hydraulic pump is
delivered through port Btr to the right travel motor.
.
De al
● On the other hand, the oil returning from both the left and right travel motors via port AtL (Atr)
pt
passes the left (right) travel spool and goes back to the oil tank via return ports R1 and R3.
● When operating travel in the opposite side (pressurizing the pilot ports XAtr and XAtL), the
g n
above principle also applies.
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
XAtL XBtL
n
rk er
Ma t
In
AtL BtL
Travel motor
WJV3651306
Fig. 4-51
3) Arm
Arm-out operation
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to the arm 2 spool (302), the side oil passage closes and the pressure in port
Px (work equipment signal port) rises.
(Main circuit)
● When performing the arm-out operation, the pilot oil is fed to port XAa1 and port XAa2. When
pilot oil is delivered to the two sides of port XAa1 and port XAa2, arm 1 spool and arm 2 spool
are switched to the left, as shown in Fig. 4-52. As a result, the working oil from port P2 is in-
troduced into the neutral bypass (4) via the main passage (3). The neutral bypass is cut off
by switching the arm 1 spool (302). Therefore, the working oil in the parallel passage pushes
.
De al
open the cone valve (253) of the logic valve, and enters the arm 1 spool (302) via the U pas-
pt
sage. The oil from arm 1 spool (302) is then delivered to the rod end (R) of arm cylinder.
● On the other hand, the working oil coming from port P1 is guided to the neutral bypass (2)
g n
via the main oil passage (1). The neutral bypass is cut off by switching the arm 2 spool (306).
o
Therefore, the working oil in the parallel passage pushes open the cone valve (514) of logic
valve, and working oil from neutral bypass pushes open the cone valve (511) of the check
in ti
valve and flows into the arm 2 spool (306) via the U passage. The oil then comes into conflu-
ence with oil from port Aa in the passage of neutral bypass (306) and is fed to the rod end (R)
营
销
公
司
● Return oil from the arm cylinder head end (H) via port BaI flows respective tank circuits of arm
n
1 and arm 2, and returns to working oil tank via tank ports R1 and R3.
rk er
Ma t
In
511 514
(Ba2)
LCAT2
BaR
Dr1
XBa2
XAa2
.
De al
pt
XBa1 XAa1
g no
in ti
Dra 营
销
公
司
et a
n
LCa Ba1
Aa
rk er
253
Ma t
Pna1
In
R H
WJV3651307
Fig. 4-52
Arm-in operation
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to the arm 1 spool (302), the side oil passage closes and the pressure in port
Px (work equipment signal port) rises. Pressurized oil is fed to the port PaL at the same time.
Relief signal is sent to the lock valve selector GP (252).
(Main circuit)
● When performing the arm-in operation, pilot oil is fed to ports XBa1 and XBa2. When pilot oil
is delivered to the two sides of port XBa1 and port XBa2, arm 1 spool and arm 2 spool are
switched to the right as shown in Fig. 4-53. As a result, working oil from P2 is guided to the
neutral bypass (4) via the main passage (3). The neutral bypass is cut off by switching arm
1 spool (302). Therefore, the working oil in the parallel passage pushes open the cone valve
(253) of the check valve and flows to the arm 1 spool (302) via the U passage. Then, it flows
.
De al
to the periphery of arm 1 spool (302) and is delivered to the arm cylinder head end (H) via
pt
port Ba.
● On the one hand, the working oil from port P1 is guided to the neutral bypass (2) via the main
g n
passage (1). The neutral bypass is cut off by switching the arm 2 spool (306). Therefore,
o
the working oil in the parallel passage pushes open the cone valve (514) of the arm 2 check
valve, and the working oil from neutral bypass pushes open the cone valve (511) of the check
in ti
valve and flows to the arm 2 spool (306) via the U passage. Then, it comes into confluence
with oil from port BaI in the internal passage of arm 2 spool (306).
营
销
公
司
● On the other hand, the oil returning from the arm cylinder rod end (R) and the working oil
et a
whose pressure rises due to the dead weight of arm goes back to the port Aa. The working oil
n
returned to the port Aa flows into the valve spool via the holes (a) on the periphery of arm 1
spool (302), pushes open the cone valve (302-317) only under light load, and comes into con-
rk er
check valve spool (257-103) switches to the left, as shown in Fig. 4-54, and closes due to
the back pressure of the cone valve (302-317) in the spool. In this way, the arm regeneration
In
function is deactivated and return oil from the arm cylinder rod end (R) flows to the spool via
the hole (a) on the periphery of arm 1 spool (302). Then, it flows into arm regeneration stop
valve (257) via hole (c) on the periphery of arm 1 spool (302), and returns to the working oil
tank via tank ports R1 and R3.
● Light load
(Ba2)
LCAT2
BaR
Dr1
XBa2 XAa2
.
De al
pt
(302-317)
(a)
XBa1 XAa1
g no
in ti
(b)
Dra
司
公
销
营
et a
n
LCa Ba1
rk er
Aa
Ma t
Pna1
In
WJV3651308
Fig. 4-53
(Ba2)
LCAT2
BaR
Dr1
XBa2
XAa2
.
De al
pt
(a)
(302-317)
(c)
XAa1
XBa1
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
Dra
et a
n
rk er
LCa Ba1
Aa
Ma t
In
Pna1
(257-103)
R H
WJV3651309
Fig. 4-54
4) Boom
Boom-up operation
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to the boom 1 spool (307), the side passage is closed and the pressure in port
Px (work equipment signal port) rises.
(Main circuit)
● When boom-up operation is performed, the pilot oil is fed to port XAb1 and boom 1 spool
(303) moves to the left as shown in Fig. 4-55. The working oil from port P1 is introduced to the
neutral bypass (2) via the main passage (1). The neutral bypass is cut off by switching boom
1 spool (303). In this way, the working oil in the parallel passage pushes open the cone valve
(511) of the check valve, and flows to the boom 1 spool (303) via the U passage. It then flows
.
De al
to the periphery of boom 1 spool (303) and is delivered to the boom cylinder head end (H) via
pt
port Ab.
● At the same time, the pilot oil is also fed to port XAb2 and boom 2 spool (307) moves to the
g n
left as shown in Fig. 4-55. The working oil from P2 flows the parallel passage. As the switch-
o
ing boom 2 spool (307) cuts off the neutral bypass, the working in the parallel passage flows
into boom 2 spool (307) via the U passage. The oil then pushes open the cone valve (511) of
in ti
the check valve, comes into confluence with the oil from port Ab, and is fed to the boom cylin-
der head end (H). (This is called the boom confluence function.)
营
销
公
司
● On the other hand, the oil flows to the periphery of boom 1 spool (303) via port Bb from oil re-
et a
turn side of the boom cylinder rod end (R) and goes back to the working oil tank via the ports
n
R1 and R3.
rk er
Ma t
In
H R
513 511
.
De al
pt
LCb
g n Ab Bb
o
in ti
BaR
司
公
销
营
et a
XBb1
n
XAb1
rk er
Ma t
XBb2
In
XAb2
Dr2
AbR
511 511
WJV3651310
Fig. 4-55
Boom-down operation
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to the boom 1 spool (303), the side passage is closed and the pressure in port
Px (work equipment signal port) rises. Pressurized oil is fed to the port PbL at the same time.
Relief signal is sent to the lock valve selector GP (252).
(Main circuit)
● When boom-down operation is performed, the pilot oil is fed to port XBb1 and boom 1 spool
(303) moves to the right as shown in Fig. 4-56. The working oil from port P1 is introduced to
the neutral bypass (2) via the main passage (1). The neutral bypass is cut off by switching
boom 1 spool (303). In this way, the working oil in the parallel passage pushes open the cone
valve (511) of the check valve, and flows to the boom 1 spool (303) via the U passage. It then
flows to the periphery of boom 1 spool (303) and is delivered to the boom cylinder rod end (R)
.
De al
via port Bb.
pt
● On the other hand, the oil returning from the head end (H) of boom cylinder flows to the hole (a)
and periphery of boom 1 spool (303).
g n
● The pressure of return oil rises due to the dead weight of boom. To maintain sufficient pres-
o
sure, with the help of the oil passage inside the spool, the cone valve (303-317) in spool is
in ti
pushed to the right, as shown in Fig. 4-56, and the oil flows out of the spool. As the working oil
for boom-down operation, the pressurized oil is again delivered to the boom cylinder rod end
(R) (which is called boom regeneration function). The return oil entering the internal passage
营
销
公
司
of spool via the hole (a) partially goes back to the oil tank via the hole (b).
et a
n
H R
rk er
513 511
Ma t
In
LCb
Ab Bb
BbR
XBb1 XAb1
Fig. 4-56
5) Bucket
Bucket-dig operation
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to the bucket spool (304), the side passage is closed and the pressure in port
Px (work equipment signal port) rises. The pressure oil is fed to port XBp2 at the same time.
(Main circuit)
● When bucket-dig operation is performed, the pilot oil is fed to the port XBc and the bucket
spool (304) moves to the left as shown in Fig. 4-57. The working oil from port P1 is guided
to the neutral bypass (2) via main passage (1). As the neutral bypass is cut off by switching
bucket spool (304), the working oil in the parallel passage pushes open the cone valve (511)
of the check valve, and flows to the bucket spool (304) via the U passage. It then flows to the
.
De al
periphery of bucket spool (304) and is fed to the bucket cylinder head end (H) via port Bc.
pt
● On the other hand, return oil from the bucket cylinder rod end (R) flows in via port Ac. It then
goes back to the oil tank via the ports R1 and R3 from the periphery of spool.
g n
● When boom-up and bucket-dig operations are performed at the same time, the pilot oil is led
o
to the port PAcs. Therefore, the travel of bucket spool is not restricted to the end, but can be
in ti
held in a position on the way. As a result, bucket cylinder passage is throttled and working oil
flows to boom 1 spool (303) via bucket spool (304). In this way, boom-up operation have the
priority.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
R H
511
Ma t
LCk
AC Bc
In
AcR BcR
PAcs XAc
XBc
Confluence WJV3651312
Fig. 4-57
Bucket-dump operation
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to the bucket spool (304), the side passage is closed and the pressure in port
Px (work equipment signal port) rises. The pilot oil is also fed to the port XBp2 at the same
time.
(Main circuit)
● When bucket-dump operation is performed, the pilot oil is fed to the port XAc and bucket
spool (304) moves to the right as shown in Fig. 4-58. The working oil from port P1 is led to the
neutral bypass (2) via the main passage (1). The neutral bypass is cut off by switching bucket
spool (304). Therefore, the working oil in the parallel passage pushes open the cone valve (511)
of the check valve and flows to the bucket spool (304) via the U passage. It then flows to the
periphery of bucket spool (304) and is fed to the bucket cylinder rod end (R) via the port Ac.
.
De al
● On the other hand, return oil from the bucket cylinder head end (H) enters via the port Bc,
pt
passes the spool periphery of spool, and goes back to working oil tank via the ports R1 and
R2.
g no
in ti
R H
司
公
销
营
et a
511
LCk
n
Ac Bc
rk er
AcR
XAc BcR
Ma t
PAcs
In
XBc
Confluence
WJV3651313
Fig. 4-58
Bucket confluence
● When bucket-dig or -dump operation is performed, the pilot oil is fed to the port XBp2 and the
neutral bypass stop valve spool (310) is switched. Working oil from port P2 is led to the neu-
tral bypass (4) via the main passage (3). The neutral bypass is cut off by switching neutral by-
pass valve spool (310). Therefore, working oil pushes open the check valve (515) and comes
into confluence with bucket spool (304) via the internal passage and the U passage.
6) Swing
.
De al
swing spool (305) and is delivered to the swing motor via port As (or Bs).
pt
● On the other hand, return oil from the swing motor flows in via port Bs (or port As). Then, it
flows into tank ports R1 and R2 from the periphery of spool and goes back to the working oil
tank.
g no
in ti
Swing motor
司
公
销
营
et a
Pns
n
rk er
Ma t
As LCs Bs
In
(254-101)
XAs
XBs
WJV3651314
Fig. 4-59
7) Priority function
● This function enables the working oil from port P to be sufficiently allocated to the work equip-
ment under higher load in order to improve the operability when the arm-in operation is per-
formed along with swinging operation.
● The following shows the priority of swinging operation relative to the arm-in operation.
(Main circuit)
● When pressure oil is applied to the port Pna1 of the logic control valve (255), the piston (255-
356) and spool (253-107) move upward. The lifting distance of cone valve (253-101) is lim-
ited.
● In this way, the passage from the parallel passage to the U passage is throttle. As a result, oil
from the arm 1 spool has the priority to go to the swing spool, giving the priority to the boom-
.
up operation.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
XBa1
XAa1
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Aa LCa Ba1
Ma t
(253-101)
In
(253-107)
(255)
Pna1
(255-356
WJV3651315
Fig. 4-60
8) Backup
The backup spool is used to control attachment such as hydraulic shear.
Backup operation
(Pilot circuit)
● When switched to the backup spool (309), the side passage is closed and the pressure in port
Px (work equipment signal port) rises.
(Main circuit)
● When the backup is operated, the pilot oil is fed to the port XAo (or XBo) and the backup
spool (309) is switched. Working oil from port P2 is fed to the neutral bypass (4) via the main
passage (3). Neutral bypass is cut off by switching backup spool (309). Therefore, working oil
.
in the parallel passage pushes open the cone valve (511) of the check valve and flows to the
De al
backup spool (309) via the U passage. Then, it flows into the periphery of backup spool (309)
pt
and is supplied into the attachment via port Ao (or Bo).
g n
● On the other hand, return oil from the attachment flows in via port Bo (or port Ao). Then, it
flows into tank ports R1 and R2 from the spool periphery and returns to the working oil tank.
o
H R
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
511
n
LCo
Ao Bo
rk er
Ma t
BoR
In
XAo XBo
Confluence WJV3651316
Fig. 4-61
Backup confluence
To achieve backup confluence, pilot oil is also fed to port XBp1 and the bypass stop valve spool
(310) is switched. Working oil from port P1 is introduced into neutral bypass (2) via main passage
(1). Neutral bypass is cut off by switching bypass valve spool (310). Therefore, working oil push-
es open the cone valve (515) of check valve and comes into confluence with backup spool (309)
via the internal passage and the U passage.
9) Straight travel
When travel spool (301) is operated along with other spools at the same time.
The following case shows when travel spool (301) and swing spool (305) are operated at the
same time.
(When pilot oil is delivered to the ports XAtL, XAtr and Xas)
(Pilot circuit)
● Close the side passage of right/left travel spool (301) and the downstream side passage of
swing spool (305). Pilot oil from port PG is fed to port PTa in order to switch the straight travel
spool (308).
(Main circuit)
● When straight travel spool (308) is switched, the port P2 and the right/left travel spool (301)
.
De al
are interconnected through for priority. The port 1 and the parallel passage of swing - boom
pt
2 - backup - arm 1 oil circuit / boom 1 - bucket/ - arm 2 circuit are interconnected through for
priority. Therefore, the working oil from port P2 is mainly delivered to the ports Atl and Atr and
g n
distributed evenly to the two travel motors.
o
● On the other hand, the working oil from port P1 is delivered to the swing motor via port As.
in ti
● When oil pressure in the port P2 is lower than that in the port P1, the working oil form port P1
will be partially delivered to the port P2. In this way, sudden drop of travel speed can be pre-
vented.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
P1 R3
Ma t
P2
In
(PTa) (PTb)
XAtL XBtL
WJV3651317
Fig. 4-62
.
inside the lockout valve selector module is pressed against the seat of the body (252-101) of
De al
the lockout valve selector module, as shown in Fig. 4-63, by the preload of spring (252-512).
pt
● In this position, working oil in the boom cylinder head end (H) flows in via hole (a) and flows
g n
out from hole (b) through the periphery of the lockout valve selector module spool (252-511),
pressing the cone valve (513) against the seat of the valve block via hole (b). By this means,
o
oil leakage is reduced.
in ti
(252-512) 销
公
司
营
et a
Drb (252-511)
n
(b)
rk er
(252-101)
(a)
Ma t
PbL 513
In
LCb
Ab Bb
(RH)
BbR
XBb1 XAb1
WJV3651318
Fig. 4-63
Boom-down operation
In boom-down operation the pilot oil is fed to the ports PbL, XBb1 and XBb2. Spool (252-511) in-
side the lockout valve selector module is pushed to the top by the pilot oil as shown in Fig. 4-64.
Due to the movement of spool (252-511) inside the lockout valve selector module, hole (a) is cut
off and working oil from boom cylinder head end (H) does not go to spring chamber (RH). In addi-
tion, oil in the spring chamber (RH) enters the oil leak circuit via the hole (b). In this way, the cone
valve (513) is pushed open by the pressure in boom cylinder head end (H) and the function of the
lockout valve selector module (252) is deactivated.
(252-512)
.
Drb
(252-511)
De al
pt
(b)
(252-101)
g no
(a)
in ti
513 511
PbL
司
公
销
营
LCb
et a
Ab Bb
n
rk er
(RH)
BbR
Ma t
In
XBb1 XAb1
WJV3651319
Fig. 4-64
Boom-up operation
In boom-up operation the pilot oil is fed to the ports XAb1 and XAb2. The cone valve (513) is
pushed open by the oil from boom 1 spool (303) and boom 2 spool (307). The working oil goes to
the port Ab as a result.
.
De al
● When pressure oil higher than 3MPa is fed to the port Pz, it pushes plunger (601-302) to the
pt
left. The preload of spring (601-512) increases as a result and pressure boosts at the mo-
ment.
g no
in ti
(601-101) (601-401) (601-512) (601-102)
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
P
Ma t
In
(a)
(601-511) (601-302)
Pz
WJV3651320
Fig. 4-65
.
De al
pt
g n
P
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
Fig. 4-66
rk er
● When pressure in passage (P) exceeds the preload of spring (621), cone valve (611) is
pushed open. Therefore, working oil flows through hole (C) via the periphery of cone valve (611)
and enters the low pressure passage (R).
Ma t
In
(C)
621
611 WJV3651322
Fig. 4-67
● Opening of cone valve (611) causes pressure in cavity (B) to drop and valve post (511) is
opened. In this way, working oil in passage (P) goes to the low pressure passage (R) directly.
(B)
.
De al
R
pt
g n
511 611
o
WJV3651323
in ti
Fig. 4-68
司
公
销
营
et a
When negative pressure is formed in passage (P), working oil is fed from passage (R). When
pressure in passage (R) exceeds the pressure in passage (P), valve seat (541) moves to the right
rk er
direction. Therefore, working oil is delivered from passage (R) to passage (P) via the periphery of
valve seat (541). Cavitation is prevented as a result.
Ma t
In
541
WJV3651324
Fig. 4-69
.
L
De al
SH PG
pt
PB
B
g n
IP
o
in ti
PA A
司
公
销
营
et a
1
M DB
n
rk er
2
Ma t
In
ZX215-1002081
Fig. 4-70
7
6
.
De al
A-A
pt
g no
A
8 9
5
in ti
A
司
公
销
营
et a
10
n
rk er
11
3
Ma t
12
In
13
1
ZX215-1002082
Fig. 4-71
M
Pump a
1
Main
valve 7
PX
PG
6
.
De al
SH
pt
5
g no
ZX215-1002083
Fig. 4-72
in ti
● Port SH is in connection with port (PX) of the main control valve. In case of any operation (ex-
营
销
公
司
cept travel) is performed by the main control valve, Port (PX) will be put under pressure. This
et a
pressure establishes connection between PG and chamber (a) below piston (7). The pres-
n
surized oil pushes the brake piston upward to compress spring (1) and separate disc (5) from
plate (6). The brake is released.
rk er
Ma t
In
M
Pump a
1
Main
valve 7
PX
PG
6
SH
ZX215-1002084
Fig. 4-73
● Otherwise, without pressure acting upon the port (PX), the connection between (PG) and
chamber (a) below piston (7) is blocked. Brake spring (1) pushes the brake piston to press
disc (5) against plate (6). The brake is engaged.
Structure
● The relief valve section consists of relief valves (1) and (2) and check valves (3) and (4).
Function
● When the machine is in the swing holding mode, control valve (5) closes the motor outlet cir-
cuit, but the motor rotation is continued due to inertial force. The motor output is, therefore,
abnormally increased, which could damage the motor.
● In order to prevent the motor from being damaged, the relief valve relieves the abnormally
high pressure oil to port (M) from the outlet side (high-pressure side) of the motor.
.
De al
Operating principle From oil port M
pt
1 2
1. When starting swing (suppose pressurized
oil is delivered to port A)
g n
● When the swing control lever is set to the
o
right- swing, pressurized oil from the pump
is delivered to port (A) via control valve (5).
in ti
C
control valve (5) and returns to the tank.
A B
Ma t
5
ZX215-1002085
In
Fig. 4-74
.
A B
De al
pressure on port (B) rises to the set pres-
pt
sure of relief valve (2).
5
ZX215-1002086
● A high braking torque acts on the motor,
g n
thereby stopping the motor.
Fig. 4-75
o
● When relief valve (2) is being actuated, the
in ti
relieved oil and the pressurized oil from
port (M) are fed to port (B) via check valve
(4). 营
销
公
司
et a
.
De al
pt
g no
7 6 5
Swing
in ti
motor T
B A
司
公
销
营
et a
Fig. 4-76
rk er
Pressure MA
Suppressing pressure
Reversing pressure
Pressure MB
First reversing
Second reversing
Motor speed
Time ZX215-1002088
Fig. 4-77
Outline
A
● The inertia of the swing body, the counter- T
action and rigidity of the mechanical sys- c e D4 a D3
tem, or the compressibility of the hydraulic
oil can cause shaking of machine during
swing operation. The anti-jerk valve is able
to reduce such impact. It is effective in pre-
venting collapsing of load when the swing
is stopped and in reducing the cycle time
(by better positioning performance and
D1 d 㔎ষ D2 % b f
quicker movement for next operation).
7
ZX215-1002089
.
Fig. 4-78
De al
pt
Operation g n $
1. When braking pressure is generated at port T
o
(B) F H ' D '
in ti
Fig. 4-80
12
11
9
10
8 15 E
E
7
D D
.
De al
C C
pt
g n B
B A A
6
o
5
in ti
4
司
公
销
营
3 13,14
2 1
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
W365R130401
Fig. 4-81
Type: MAG-170VP-3800E
B
T
.
De al
pt
S
Hexagon bolt
2-M20×40
g n
Torque 358Nm Bolt hole for
o
motor installation
Oil inlet of brake 2-M20
in ti
M12×1.5 Oil inlet of brake
Y向
X 营Z向
销
公
司
Direction B
et a
B
Bre
Oil inlet, level
n
M18×1.5
A
rk er
MB
MA
S
Ma t
Drain port
M18×1.5
W365T130401
In
Fig. 4-82
.
Oil refilling capacity L 8.5
De al
Speed ratio - 126.94
pt
Weight g n kg 400
Brake disc Disc type brake
Lubricant oil 220(40℃)industrial application
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
4.6.7 Reducer
Type: GFT80
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
38 37 38 35 36 35
Ma t
In
23 22 39 1 28 26 32 31 25 44 46 30 29 27 4 99 100 17 49 52 88 87 69 70 51 103
W365T130402
Fig. 4-83
.
De al
E015 R988013065 Float seal 1 E067 R913006441 Bolt, hexagon 12
pt
E016 2916650025 Elastic collar 5 E069 R913003865 Plug 2
Cylindrical roller
E091 R988012458 3
et a
outside
Friction disc, E105 R902165278 Motor 1
E030 R988012931 5
inside
E031 R916423354 Spring 18 E199 R988012436 Rivet 4
Pi
.
De al
pt
MA
Nabtesco Nabtesco
g no
Dr MB A
B
in ti
26XM20 18XM24
司
公
销
营
et a
FILL
lEVEL
n
rk er
Drain port
Ma t
ZX305-1102601
In
Fig. 4-84
.
De al
Operating temperature range ℃ -20~90
pt
Total weight kg 399
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Function:
● When external load makes the plunger motor tend to go faster than the rated rotating speed
of feed flow (hereunder referred to pump effect), this valve controls motor speed and prevents
over-speed of the motor in relation with the feed flow.
● The double-balanced valve and the relief valve constitute the braking circuit. The braking cir-
cuit applies braking force onto the swing of plunger motor and stops the motor gradually.
● This valve can serve as a shuttle valve for high pressure selection to release the brake under
its own pressure.
.
De al
● The structure of a standard double-balanced valve is shown below. The following information
pt
describes the operating principle of a standard double-balanced valve.
A. When stopped
g no
● When the main valve is neutralized (motor stopped), port M1 and port M2 are shut off by
spool (1) and check valve (2) since no pressure is generated at port P1 and port P2. The mo-
in ti
8-1
n
8
rk er
8-2
Oil circuit B
Ma t
Oil circuit C2
In
Oil circuit C1 M2
M1
Orifice D3
Orifice D1
Damper chamber A2
Damper chamber A1
Orifice D4
Orifice D2
Spring chamber 2
Spring chamber1
P1 P2
6-1 6-2
7-1 7-2
Fig. 4-85
.
De al
pt
g n 8-1
8
o
in ti
8-2
Oil circuit B
司
公
Oil circuit C2
销
营
et a
Oil circuit C1
M1 M2
Orifice D3
Orifice D1
n
Damper chamber A2
rk er
Damper chamberA1
Orifice D4
Orifice D2
Spring chamber 2
Ma t
Spring chamber 1
In
P1 P2
6-2
6-1
7-1 7-2
Fig. 4-86
C. Counterbalance function
● When the engine runs at an excessively high speed because of external force applied on it,
the motor may lose control. At this time, port P1 serves as the inlet side, and the pressure
drops. Pressure in spring chamber (1) and damper chamber A1 also drop. As a result, plunger
(1) moves to the left under the force of spring (7-2), closing circuit B. Circuit at the suction
side is also closed at the same time when the circuit at return side is closed. When circuit B is
closed, pressure at port P1 rises due to hydraulic oil from the main pump, moving plunger (1)
to the right again. In this way, when external load generates pump effect, slight movement of
plunger (1) keep circuit B open. The rotation speed of the motor keeps in line with fuel supply
of the main pump, and the motor will not lose control because of the vacuum in the hydraulic
system.
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
D. Braking of motor
● The double-balanced valve and the relief valve forms the braking circuit.
● When the main valve is in neutral position, hydraulic oil from the main pump is cut off, and
pressure at port P1 and P2 is the same. As a result, plunger (1) moves to the neutral position,
and the opening area of circuit B decreases.
● At the same time, because of the inertia of external force, the motor does not stop rotating
(pump effect), and pressure at port M2 rises and serves as the braking force of motor rotation.
● When the pressure at port M2 reaches the set pressure of relief valve (8), cone valve (8-1)
at port M1 overcomes the force of spring (8-2) and moves to the left, and hydraulic oil flows
to the port M1. In this way, the impacting force due to inertia at port M2 is under control, and
vacuum at port M1 is avoided.
.
De al
pt
g no
8-1
8
in ti
8-2
营
销
公
司
Oil circuit B
et a
Oil circuit C2
Oil circuit C1 M2
M1
n
Orifice D3
Orifice D1
Damper chamber A2
rk er
Damper chamber A1
Orifice D4
Orifice D2
Ma t
Spring chamber 2
Spring chamber 1
In
P1 P2
6-1 6-2
7-1
7-2
Fig. 4-87
.
De al
1
Passage D
pt
g no
Passage D
Orifice
in ti
Passage F
Passage F
Passage D Passage G
营
销
公
司
ZX215-1002097
rk er
Fig. 4-88
Ma t
1
Passage D
In
Passage D
Orifice
Passage F
Passage F
Passage D Passage G
Passage G Cylinder chamber E
ZX215-1002098
Fig. 4-89
.
De al
Travel control valve
rated from disc (14) and the brake is re-
pt
leased.
A M
g n 11 14 13 12 22
ZX215-1002099
o
Fig. 4-90
in ti
brake circuit. T
● he pressurized oil in chamber (A) of brake
piston (12) passes through the orifice of
Ma t
PA PB
● The brake valve consists of a suction safe-
ty valve (8A) and a counterbalance valve
8A
(18). As shown in the illustration on the
right, functions and operations of respec-
tive components are described below.
18
MA MB
.
De al
ZX215-1002101
pt
g n Fig. 4-92
PA PB
Function
in ti
8B
19 MA MB
to travel according to the engine speed
(pump flow).
In
ZX215-1002102
Fig. 4-93
Operation when pressurized oil is supplied
● Operating the travel control lever conducts
the pressurized oil from the control valve
to port (PA). The pressurized oil opens
suction safety valve (8A) and then flows to
motor outlet port (MB) via motor inlet port
(MA). The motor outlet side is closed by
suction safety valve (8B) and spool (19),
so the pressure at the supply side rises, as
shown in the right illustration.
19
MA MB
.
De al
E1 E2 ZX215-1002103
pt
g n Fig. 4-94
o
Brake operation in downhill travel
Travel control valve
in ti
● If the machine goes out of control while
PA PB
travelling downhill, the motor will be caused 20
to rotate without load to decrease the inlet
司
公
销
营
et a
MA MB
losing control. On the other hand, the spool
moves to a position where the pressure on E1 E2 ZX215-1002104
outlet port (MB) can be balanced against
the machine's own weight and the inlet port Fig. 4-95
pressure. Oil flow from the outlet circuit is
reduced to ensure the travel speed corre-
sponded to the pump delivery, as shown in
the right illustration.
2. Safety valve
Function
● When the machine travel is stopped (or it
is travelling downhill), the double-balanced
valve closes the inlet and outlet circuits of
the motor. Since the motor is rotated by
inertial force, pressure in the motor outlet
port side is abnormally increased, poten-
tially resulting in damages on the motor
and piping. The safety valve relieves this
abnormal pressure to the inlet port side of
the motor in order to prevent damages to
.
De al
the equipment.
pt
Operation g n
1) When travel is stopped (or when travelling Travel control valve
o
downhill or swinging to the right) PA PB
20
in ti
A1 B1 ZX215-1002105
In
Fig. 4-96
ZX215-1002107
Fig. 4-97
.
E1 B2
De al
ZX215-1002106
pt
Fig. 4-98
3. Overload relief valve
g n
● The structure of the relief valve is shown
o
in the right figure. This valve is an area-
differential and direct-acting relief valve. It
in ti
ZX365-1304108
Fig. 4-99
In
B. Damping function
● When the relief valve begins to function, 2-9-2 Area S2 2-9-5
damping piston (2-9-9) moves to the left.
As a result, low pressure is maintained in
spring chamber D. At this time, the loaded
area of cone valve (2-9-2) is S1, and gen-
erally it is much larger than the set loaded
area S1-S2 of the relief valve. So, when
damping piston (2-9-9) is moving, the func-
2-9-3 Area S1 2-9-9 Spring chamber D
tional pressure of relief valve is maintained
at 1/3 of normal set pressure in order to
ZX365-1304110
absorb the impact at the high pressure
circuit side due to inertial energy. When Fig. 4-101
.
De al
the movement of damping piston stops,
pt
pressure in spring chamber D rises. Pres-
sure at both side of cone valve (2-9-2) is
g n
the same, and the relief valve is working
at normal set pressure. In this way, the re-
o
lief valve reduces the impact during motor
in ti
starting and braking by a two-stage action
to provide excellent performance.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er Pressure (P)
Ma t
In
Fig. 4-102
.
Grind the boot sliding
De al
surface. Replace the
pt
1. Valve leaf and sliding sur- Roughness 0.8a or surface rough-
cylinder block assembly
face ness, scratch 0.02mm+.
g n if the scratch cannot be
corrected.
Roughness 1.6a or surface rough-
o
1-4-1 Cylinder 2. Shaft hole inner diameter
ness, scratch 0.02mm+.
block
in ti
3. Shaft hole inner diameter
and 4-2 plunger assembly Clearance 0.060. Replace the cylinder
outer diameter 营
销
公
司 block assembly
Roller distance below 38.749
et a
1-21 Oil distri- Roughness 0.8a, scratch 0.02mm+ Replace the valve sheet
1. Sliding surface
bution plate on sliding surface or burned sign if the scratch cannot be
corrected.
1-4-3 Retainer
Ma t
.
1. Dimension Thickness 3.2
De al
Replace the disc
1-13 Disc plate
pt
Deep scratch on sliding surface or plate.
2. Appearance
friction material peeling
1-8 Ball bearing 1. Rolling surface Peeling or fracture
g n Replace the ball
Abnormal rotation (noise•uneven bearing.
1-9 Ball bearing 2. Action
o
rotation)
Grind the sliding
in ti
scratch 0.02mm+
3. Plunger outer diameter and Replace the flange
rk er
Clearance 0.060.
valve sheet inner diameter
1. Assemble the plunger as- Roughness 0.8 a, scratch 0.02mm+
sembly hole or rough surface
2. Valve sheet inner diameter
Clearance 0.060
and plunger outer diameter
3. Valve spool assembly instal- Roughness 0.8 a, scratch 0.02mm+
1-2-1 Valve lation hole or rough surface Replace the valve
sheet sheet and the parts.
4. Spool valve sheet inner di-
ameter and valve spool outer Clearance 0.060.
diameter
5. Movable plunger sliding part Scratch 0.02mm+ or surface rough-
and seat of the relief valve ness
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
1. Dimension Free length 39.0
De al
1-18 Spring
2. Appearance Deformation and surface damage
pt
1. Dimension Free length 41.5
1-20 Spring
g no
2. Appearance Deformation and surface damage
1. Dimension Free length 48.5
1-2-4 Spring
2. Appearance Deformation and surface damage
in ti
9
7
.
De al
pt
g n
4 1 2
5 10
o
9 7
5
in ti
6
3
4 12
11 司
10
公
销
营
8
et a
13
n
3 11
rk er
2
Ma t
In
12
ZX365-1304112
Fig. 4-103
.
De al
pt
Control lever positions
g n
1 HOLD
o
2 Boom UP
in ti
3 Boom DOWN
4 Bucket DUMP 营
销
公
司
et a
5 Bucket DIG
HOLD
n
7 Arm IN
rk er
8 Arm OUT
9 Right swing
Ma t
10 Left swing
In
11 Neutral
12 Travel BACKWARD
13 Travel FORWARD
P3
P2
A
T
P
2
3
P
1
4
.
De al
pt
P4 P1
g n A
19~22Nm
o
64~73.5Nm
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
ZX365-1304113
Fig. 4-104
6
7
.
De al
pt
g n
4
o
9
in ti
3
司
公
销
营
et a
10
n
2
rk er
Ma t
1
In
A-A ZX215-1002114
Fig. 4-105
Operation
1. When in neutral
● Ports (A) and (B) of the control valve and
ports (P1) and (P2) of the pilot valve are D
connected to drain chamber (D) via orifice
(f) in plunger (1). f
.
De al
● When orifice (f) is shut off from drain cham-
pt
Pilot
ber (D), it is almost simultaneously inter- pump P1 P2
connected to pump pressure chamber (PP).
g n
Pilot pressurized oil of the control pump is
led to port (A) from port (P1) via orifice (f).
o
A M M B
When the pressure at port (P1) becomes Control valve
in ti
D
(1) and body (10) [orifice (f) is in the middle
In
Fig. 4-107
.
De al
f1
terconnected to pump pressure chamber
pt
(PP). Pump pressure is supplied until the Pilot
pump P1 P2
pressure at port (P1) recovers to the level
g n PP
equivalent to the lever position.
o
● When the plunger of the control valve re-
A M M B
turns, the oil in drain chamber (D) flows in Control valve
in ti
4. At full stroke
● Disc (5) pushes down piston (4), and re-
D
tainer (9) pushes down plunger (1).
Ma t
Fig. 4-109
.
De al
pt
P
P
g no
P5 A
in ti
P6
P5
P2 P1 营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
2 1
4 3
Ma t
In
P4 P3
ZX215-1002119
Fig. 4-110
37~30Nm
B
65~45Nm
1 8~6Nm
.
De al
pt
4
5
g no
6
C C
in ti
7
B-B
2,4 1,3 营
销
公
司
B
et a
13~11Nm
n
rk er
Ma t
In
C-C
8~6Nm
ZX215-1002120
Fig. 4-111
.
● When orifice (f) is shut off from drain
De al
A B
Control Valve
chamber (D), it is almost simultaneously
pt
interconnected to pump pressure chamber ZX215-1002121
(PP).
g n Fig. 4-112
● Pilot pressurized oil of the control pump is
o
led to port (A) from port (P1) via orifice (f).
in ti
5
chamber (PP). At almost the same time, it
4
is connected to drain chamber (D) to re-
n
D
● As a result, plunger (1) moves up and 2
down until the force of adjusting plunger (2) f
T
is balanced with the pressure at port (P1).
Ma t
P
● The relationship of the position of plunger
In
.
De al
nected to pump pressure chamber (PP).
pt
A B
● Pump pressure is supplied until the pres- Control Valve
sure at port (P1) recovers to the level
g n
equivalent to the lever position.
ZX215-1002123
Fig. 4-114
o
● When the spool of the control valve re-
in ti
turns, the oil in drain chamber (D) flows in
from orifice (f) in the valve on the side that
is not working. The oil passes through port 营
销
公
司
4) At full stroke
● Lever (5) pushes down piston (4), and re-
tainer (9) pushes down plunger (1). 5
Ma t
4
● Orifice (f) is shut off from drain chamber (D),
In
ZX215-1002124
Fig. 4-115
P2 T A1 A2
2
P1
.
De al
pt
3 4 5 6 7 8
g n
W365-1304125
o
Fig. 4-116
in ti
(7) Backup
In
.
4
De al
Specifications
pt
Gas capacity: 300 cc (for PPC)
5
g no
6
in ti
营
销
公
司
ZX215-1002126
Fig. 4-117
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
1
K
2
Model
Pressure
Precision
.
De al
pt
g no
5
in ti
6
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
3
Ma t
ZX215-1002127
In
Fig. 4-118
Boom cylinder
2 1 7960N·m 3
367N·m 56.9±10.7N·m
.
De al
ZX335-1002035
pt
Fig. 4-119 g n
Arm cylinder
o
in ti
2 1 营
销
公
司 22200N·m 3
et a
n
rk er
711N·m 96.6±18.2N·m
Ma t
ZX335-1002036
In
Fig. 4-120
Bucket cylinder
2 1 3
9550N.m
56.9±10.7N.m
367N.m
ZX335-1002037
Fig. 4-121
.
2 Arm 110 0.086-0.321 1.0
De al
support pin and -0.071 +0.05
pt
bushing -0.036 +0.25
Bucket 90 0.086-0.321 1.0 Replace the
-0.071 +0.05
pin or bush-
g n Boom 90
-0.036 +0.25
0.086-0.321 1.0 ing.
Clearance be- -0.071 +0.05
o
tween cylinder -0.036 +0.25
3 Arm 110 0.086-0.321 1.0
bottom support -0.071 +0.05
in ti
C
G
.
De al
pt
E
g no
J
in ti
,
K 营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
B
Ma t
In
H
ZX365-1304500
Fig. 4-122
1 3
B-B
H-H K-K
.
E-E 6
De al
pt
g no
C-C F-F I-I ZX285-1002022
in ti
Fig. 4-123
司
公
销
营
et a
Lubrication
Unit:mm
n
rk er
19
11
B
12 A A
5
13
C D
10
B
6
D
14
C
8
.
De al
pt
7
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
18
16
n
rk er
17 15
Ma t
In
A-A B-B
2
3
D-D
C-C
ZX285-1002501
Fig. 4-124
单位:mm
SY365H-9 SY365BH-9
No.
Standard size Tolerance Standard size Tolerance
+0.087 +0.087
1 φ100 φ100
0 0
+1.5 +1.5
2
131 0 131 0
0 0
3
345 -0.5 316 -0.5
-0.036 -0.071
4 φ90 φ110
-0.071 -0.036
5 473 ±1 602 ±0.8
.
6 354 ±1 215 ±0.5
De al
pt
7 989 ±1 976.6 ±0.8
8 g n 2914 ±3 2906 ±2
9 3018 ±3 3071 ±2
o
10 473 ±1 458 ±0.8
11 740 ±0.3 770 ±0.3
in ti
14 1,661 — 1570 —
-0.036 -0.036
n
15 φ90 φ90
-0.071 -0.071
rk er
0 +1
16 345 346
-0.5 0
-0.036 -0.03
17 φ90 φ90
Ma t
-0.071 -0.06
0 0
Arm body
In
4
1
.
De al
pt
3
6
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
7
In
8
9 10
11
12
W365-1304502
Fig. 4-125
Unit:mm
SY365H-9 SY365BH-9
No.
Standard size Tolerance Standard size Tolerance
1 520 ±0.5 567 ±0.5
2 1661 — 1714 —
3 R100 — R130 —
4 R125 — R130 —
5 1478 — 1451 —
6 1570 — 1889 —
+0.2 +0.2
7 φ90 φ100
0 0
.
+0.2 +0.2
De al
8 φ90 φ90
0 0
pt
9 36
g n — 36 —
10 34 — 36 —
+1 +1
o
11 346 346
0 0
in ti
12 486 — 500 —
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
De al
C
pt
C
g n C B
o
A
in ti
销
公
司
6
7
营
1
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
3
5
4 ZX335-1002042
Fig. 4-126
A: Fresh air
B: Recirculated air
.
C: Warm air / cool air
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
2
1
3
4
.
De al
pt
5
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
7 6
Ma t
In
ZX215-1002138
Fig. 4-127
1 2 3 4 5
OFF
MODE AUTO
FULL AUTO AIRCONDITION
TEMP
A/C
.
De al
6 7 8
pt
W365413093
Fig. 4-128
g no
(1) OFF switch Remark:
in ti
ZX215-1002140
.
3
FL1
60A
3
pt
FUCD
15A
7
8
FURM
20A
1.25R
1.25R
8
FUM
5A
SW
H
OFF
ACC
B G1 G2 ACC M ST
De al ON
2 13
START MRF
8 8
2
CMB RLCD RLCC RLBM
13 15 13
M
RLCC RLCD RLBM
9 10
GND
REC
FFE
1
Vz
2RL 1.25RL
Pt
10 1.25L 15
RLSF 5 2
1
FLZ
40A
g no
M
MCD SPCD
11
D
1.256
M
10
MR
2G
200W
13 +B
16
16
16 19
19
25
25
24 22 26
24 26
25
in ti
5
80W 10 BLCM
6 16 19 22 23 1
司
公
12 12
销
营
1
ACC
et a
7
28 15 14 12 13 3 16 27 4 21 20 2 24 25 9 38 26 10
7 G 12 14 17 18 20 22 21 15 23 27 28 29 30 31 32 32 34 35
D1 9
RCD RLCH RLCH ECC THAM THW THI THF SSD
40W
G 4
n 22
4 4
rk er
02 02 02
03 15 15 15 15
4.8.1.3 Diagram of electrical circuit
CMB D2 30 31 22 32 15 33 34 35 35 22
1.25B
1.25B
3
SPHL
CM
0.85B
0.50
02 02
M M M
2B
0.5B
Ma t
06
2B 2B
Structure and Functions
01 02
06
03
MAM MV1 MV2
In
Fig. 4-129
4-134
SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator Structure and Functions
Diameter/Color Diameter/Color
Wire No. Wire Color Wire No. Wire Color
Code Code
B Black 0.5VW Violet+white
Br(R) Brown 0.5YB Yellow+black
0.85W White 0.5WO White+orange
RL Red+blue 0.5PB Pink+black
G Green 0.5VR Violet+red
0.5BL Black+blue 0.5BG Black+green
0.5R Red+blue 0.5WY White+yellow
0.5Y Yellow 0.5WR White+red
0.5BR Black+red 0.5BrW Brown+white
.
0.5BrY Brown+yellow 0.5GO Green+orange
De al
0.5BY Black+yellow 0.5Sb Sky blue
pt
0.5GW g n Green+white 0.5OW Orange+white
0.5LO Blue+orange 1.25V Violet
o
0.5PG Pink+green 1.25RG Red+green
0.5RY Red+yellow 1.25RW Red+orange
in ti
Condenser pressure
CMB Battery relay MAM A/M servo motor SPCD
switch
D Diode MB Blower motor SPHL Hi\Lo pressure switch
D1 Diode 1 MCD Condenser motor SW Switcher
Fresh/recirculated air Recirculated air therm-
D2 Diode 2 MRF THAM
servo motor istor
ECC Compressor clutch MV1 Air outlet servo motor THF Anti-frosting thermistor
Recirculated air therm-
FL1 Fuse MV2 FRONT outlet servo motor THI
istor
FL2 Fuse RCD Condenser resistor THW Water temp thermistor
FUBM Blower fuse RLBM Blower main relay
RLCC Compressor relay RLCD Condenser relay
Expansion valve
Cool air
Hi temp\Hi press\Liquid
Cooling fan
Blower motor
Air in cab
.
Out side fresh air
De al
Hi-temp hi-pres gas
pt
Lo-pres.
side
Hi-pres.
side
g n
Reservoir
o
in ti
Compressor 营
销
公
司
Warm air
et a
Fig. 4-130
rk er
Engine
Blower motor
Air in cab
Fig. 4-131
4.8.1.5 Compressor
3 4
1 2
16
15
.
14
De al
pt
5
13
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
6
n
12
rk er
11 10 9 8 7
ZX215-1002143
Fig. 4-132
Ma t
Process1 Process2
Valve plate
.
De al
pt
Process6 Process3
g n
HI press.end pipe LO press.end pipe
o
HI press.end pipe LO press.end pipe
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
Process5 Process4
In
ZX215-1002144
Fig. 4-133
4.8.1.6 Clutch
.
piece. The stator and rotor of the clutch are
De al
6
engaged and bring the main shaft of the
pt
ZX215-1002145
(1) Rotor
o
(2) Stator coil
(3) Clasp
in ti
4.8.1.7 Condenser
1
4
2
.
De al
pt
5
g no
ZX215-1002146
Fig. 4-135
in ti
司
公
销
营
(2) Bracket
● The condenser changes high-temperature,
n
Operating principle
Evaporator
Refrigerant from the reservoir spurts out via
the orifice, turns into low-temperature, low- 2
pressure liquid (mist) after immediate expan-
sion, and enters the evaporator. 1
.
De al
pt
4 Compressor
Reservoir
ZX215-1002147
g n
Fig. 4-136
o
(1) Spring
in ti
(2) Diaphragm
(3) Probe
司
公
销
营
et a
Operating principle
The evaporator is a kind of heat exchanger
Ma t
Fig. 4-137
4.8.1.10 Dehydrator 2
1
Function
● Temporary storage of refrigerant
● Dehydration of refrigerant
● Removing dust from refrigerant
3
● Measuring the volume of refrigerant
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
ZX215-1002149
et a
Fig. 4-138
n
(1) Inlet
rk er
(2) Outlet
(3) Receiver/dehydrator
Ma t
(4) Desiccant
In
Function
Pressure
● The pressure switch is installed between
the reservoir and the expansion valve (hi-
1
pressure pipe). It is a combination switch
7
(Hi-Lo pressure combination switch). 2
6
● When pressure is excessively high, the
compressor stops.
● When pressure is excessively low, the low-
temperature condition disappears.
.
3
De al
5
pt
g no
4
ZX215-1002150
in ti
Fig. 4-139
司
公
(1) O-ring
销
营
et a
(5) Spring
(6) Chamber
(7) Diaphragm
Ma t
Operating features:
In
Feature
DIFF DIFF
High pressure ON
Above 0.02 MPa 0.59±0.2 MPa
OFF
Low pressure 0.196±0.02 MPa 0.196~0.250 MPa 2.94~3.19 MPa
ON
Resistance /Kȍ
10
Specification
8
Item Specification
6
Applicable voltage 4.4~5.6 V
4
Applicable temperature -30~60 ℃
.
2
De al
Storage temperature -40~90 ℃
pt
Resistance 1700±85Ω
-10 0 10 20 30 40 AT
B Constant 3900±195 K ZX215-1002151
g n
Permissible working cur- Fig. 4-140
1.6 mA (MAX)
rent
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
4.8.2 Refrigerant
1. General property
● High heat absorption and easy liquefaction
● Non-flammable, nonexplosive
● Stable chemical composition and quality
● Non-toxic
● Non-corrosive
● No hazard to clothing
.
De al
pt
2. Refrigerant circulation
g n
● After evaporation in the evaporator, re-
frigerant turns from gas into liquid via the
o
compressor and the condenser, which fin-
in ti
Pressure/Temperature:16Kg/cm²ˈapprox. 80ć
lgp
Liquefaction completed Refrigerant cyclic curve
Liquefaction starts
Condensing process
Liquid
Expansion throttle
.
process
De al
pt
Evaporating process
g no
Evaporator
in ti
Gas-liquid mixture
Gasification completed
司
公
销
营
et a
h=u+Apv(kJ/kg)
UInternal energy pPressure VSpecial volume AJoule equivalent
n
ZX215-1002152
rk er
Fig. 4-141
Ma t
In
3. Feeding of refrigerant
● Filling method and volume:
1) Refrigerant: HFC-134a
2) Feeding volume: 900±50 g (for refer-
ence)
3) Feeding method: Feeding of liquid re-
frigerant from the low-pressure end is
not allowed. If feeding operation fails,
discharge the refrigerant that has been
fed before re-feeding.
.
ZX215-1002153
De al
● Inspect the state of the refrigerant in the
Fig. 4-142
pt
A/C circulation system through the sight
glass: g n
1) Correct feeding: Foam is hardly ob-
o
served when the refrigerant is flowing. Sight glass
When engine speed increases from
in ti
ZX215-1002154
● Reason of evacuation
Fig. 4-143
No moisture shall be mixed inside the air
conditioning unit. Refrigerant (R134a) is
soluble in water. Very small amount of
moisture in the unit can cause the orifice of
the expansion valve to ice up, or cause the
valve of the compressor to rust. To avoid
such problems, moisture in the system
shall be removed before refrigerant is fed.
To reduce the residual moisture in the sys-
tem to the minimum, moisture in the sys-
tem can evaporate through evacuating. No
better means is available so far.
● Evacuating steps
1) Connection of manifold pressure Valve
Lo-pres.gauge
LO HI
above 750mmHg LO HI
gauge: Lo-pres. ON ON OFFOFF
gauge
a) Close the high-pressure valve (HI) Hi-pres. gauge
and low-pressure valve (LO) of the
manifold pressure gauge.
Lo-pres. valve (ON) Hi-pres. valve(ON)
b) Connect the air hose (red, blue) Green
to the auxiliary valve of the Red D
compressor.
Blue
Red hose——High pressure side S
(Mark D)
.
Blue hose——Low pressure side Compressor
De al
Vacuum pump (running)
(Mark S) ZX215-1002155
pt
★ Connect the end of the air hose
g n Fig. 4-144
with a L to the auxiliary valve of the
compressor. If connected inverse-
o
ly, the valve will not open. Besides,
in ti
do not inversely connect the high-
pressure end and the low-pressure
end. 营
销
公
司
et a
2) Evacuating
rk er
.
De al
4) Leak check
pt
Valve
a) Connect the air hose (green) that is Lo Hi
OFF OFF
previously connected to the vacuum
g n
pump to the fluorine cylinder.
o
b) Connect the other end of the hose Vent valve
in ti
Blue
Air hose (green) R134a
caused by refrigerant). Release the Red
rk er
Fig. 4-147
Performance testing
Air-proofness check
Evacuation starts
Evacuation ends
.
De al
Pres. gauge
Tighten pipe joint (1) Compressor stopped, fill at hi pressure end
pt
abnormal
Repair any leak. (2)Compressor running, add at lo pressure end
g no
● Fill from the hi-pressure side Valve
in ti
Lo Hi
1) Remove the air hose (green) of the OFFOFF
(Note)
manifold pressure gauge from the vac-
Refrigerant is released
司
公
销
营
cylinder.
n
Vent valve
2) Open the valve of the cylinder and
press the vent valve on the pressure
rk er
Red
vent valve with naked hand to avoid
To compressor Fluorine cylinder
frostbite.
ZX215-1002159
Fig. 4-148
moment. Once the compressor is Lo press valve (OFF) Open the high-press valve
started, the refrigerant could flow Fluorine cylinder
valve (ON)
back, causing the fluorine cylinder D
and hose to burst.
S
Operating the compressor without R134a
.
Never run the compressor without
De al
ZX215-1002160
refrigerant.
pt
Fig. 4-149
Do not open the low-pressure valve
on the manifold pressure gauge (liq-
g n
uid compression will occur, causing
o
damage tot he compressor).
in ti
H I
2) Start the engine and open the cab door.
(Note) Engine started
3) Turn on the air conditioner, and set Opening the high-pressure valve
can cause the fluorine cylinder
Temperature control switch to mini- to explode, resulting in serious
1300~1500rpm
ZX215-1002161
mum. injury
Fig. 4-150
4) Adjust engine speed to 1300 – 1500
rpm.
5) Open the Lo-pressure valve of the
manifold pressure gauge and the valve
of the fluorine cylinder, and fill refriger-
ant into the reservoir until no foam is
observed.
Note:
Manifold pressure gauge reading (for refer-
ence):
High pressure 13~17kg/cm2 (ambient tempera-
ture 30℃ );
Low pressure 1.5~2kg/cm2 (ambient tempera-
ture 30℃ ).
.
ON OFF OFFOFF
De al
Lo-pressure gauge
7) Check carefully for air leaks with a leak (1.5~2.5kgf/cm2)
Hi-pressure gauge
pt
(13~17kgf/cm2)
detector.
Lo-pressure Hi-pressure valve (close)
valve (open)
g n
Never open the Hi-pressure valve of Fluorine cylinder
(Never open it)
running
Fluorine cylinder
et a
Valve
pression, resulting in damage to the
Lo Hi Lo Hi
compressor valve and the gaskets. ON OFF OFF OFF
In
.
4) Release the air in the hose as per the ZX215-1002164
De al
following instruction:
pt
Fig. 4-153
a) Tighten the valve of the fluorine cyl-
g n
inder, and then, loosen it a bit. Valve
Lo Hi
b) Open the Lo-pressure valve of the
o
Loosen Close
Close the Lo-pressure valve
manifold pressure gauge a bit. immediately after the refrig-
in ti
.
De al
pt
● Refrigerating system under normal condi-
tion
g n
Gauge reading:
o
Lo-pressure end 0.15~0.25 Mpa (1.5~2.5 Kg/
in ti
cm²)
Hi-pressure end 1.37~1.57 Mpa (14~16 Kg/ 营
销
公
司
cm²)
et a
n
rk er
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
25
Ma t
2 6 10 25
7
1
01 07 5 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
In
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
0 08
-76 -76 35
085 0
-01 15 -01 35
MPa MPa
R134a
ZX215-1002167
Fig. 4-155
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
6 10 25
2 25
7
1
01 07 5 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
8 3
0
-50 8.5 0
0 08 -76 35
-76
.
085 0
-01 15 -01 35
De al
MPa MPa
pt
g no
ZX215-1002168
Fig. 4-156
in ti
Symptom Cause 营
销
公
司
Analysis Remedy
● Replace receiver/
et a
sometimes normal)
comes normal again. refrigerating system. ● Add proper volume
In
of new refrigerant.
● Insufficient refrigeration
Fault: Insufficient refrigeration.
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
2 6 10 25
25
7
1
01 07 5 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
0 08 -76 35
-76
085 0
-01 15 -01 35
.
MPa MPa
De al
pt
g n ZX215-1002169
Fig. 4-157
o
in ti
● Insufficient refrigeration.
the system under vacuum state
In
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
6 10 25
2 25
7
1
01 07 5 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
0 08 -76 35
-76
085 0
-01 15 -01 35
MPa MPa
.
De al
pt
g n ZX215-1002170
Fig. 4-158
o
in ti
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06 25
2 6 10 25
7
1
01 07 5 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
0 08 -76 35
-76
085 0
-01 15 -01 35
.
MPa MPa
De al
pt
g n ZX215-1002171
Fig. 4-159
o
in ti
and ERP.
● Vacuum at Lo-pres-
● Moisture or contami-
sure side; pressure ● Blow the contaminant in the
n
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
2 6 10 25
25
7
1
01 07 5 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
0 08 35
-76 -76
085 0
-01 15 -01
35
.
MPa MPa
De al
pt
g n ZX215-1002172
Fig. 4-160
o
in ti
● Excessive refrigerant in
公
销
营
● Over-filling of refriger-
and Lo-pressure condition of fan mo-
ant in the system. Re- refrigerant
n
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
2 6 10 25
25
.
7
1
01 07 5 30
De al
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
pt
0 08 -76 35
-76
085 0
-01 15 -01 35
MPa MPa
g no
ZX215-1002173
in ti
Fig. 4-161
司
公
销
营
et a
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
2 6 10 25
25
7
1
01 07 5 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
0 08
-76 -76 35
085 0
-01 15 -01 35
.
MPa MPa
De al
pt
ZX215-1002174
Fig. 4-162
g no
in ti
● Compressing error
Fault: No refrigeration
04 15 2
03 05
4 15 20
3 5
1
02 06
6 10 25
2 25
7
1 5
01 07 30
{cmHg kgf/cm2} 05 {cmHg kgf/cm2}
0 8 3
-50 8.5 0
0 08 -76 35
-76
085 0
-01 15 - 01 35
MPa MPa
.
De al
pt
ZX215-1002175
Fig. 4-163 g no
Symptom Cause Analysis Remedy
in ti
● Compressing fault;
● Pressure at Lo-pressure
● Leaking or damaged
司
公
销
营
valve, or missing
● Pressure at Hi-pressure leakage compressor
parts
n
Oil shall be added into the A/C system for lubrication. Compressor oil is solved in the refrigerant
and circulates in the system. When the air conditioning system is shut down, compressor oil will
stay inside the components. If no compressor oil is added into the system when replacing com-
ponents, inadequate lubrication will result. Add compressor oil according to the chart below:
Replaced component
Compressor Condenser Evaporator
Volume (CC) See "NOTICE" below 40 40
ND8# (10P, 10PA, 10S series compressor)
.
De al
Compressor oil grade
ND9# (TV series compressor)
pt
g n
NOTICE
o
in ti
● Add oil into a new compressor according to the required volume of the system. When
the compressor is to be replaced, discharge the surplus oil in it.
司
公
销
营
● Filling of improper amount of compressor oil: Over-filling of compressor oil will reduce
et a
the refrigerating capacity. Short of compressor oil in the system will lead to an abnor-
n
mal compressor.
● Keep the pipe connectors and O-ring seals free from contamination when disassem-
rk er
4 5
Z
3
.
De al
pt
g no
2
in ti
9
6 7 8
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Z
W365-1304503
Ma t
Fig. 4-164
In
Throttle OFF
to the start motor. Then, the start motor Throttle ON P Alternator
(Potentiometer signal)
(Start signal)
starts the engine.
(Driving signal)
Shutdown Battery relay
device
Pilot switch
Start
.
De al
pt
4.9.1.2 Engine speed control
g n (Power supply)
P Alternator
in ti
According to the signal voltage, the control-
Throttle ON
(Potentiometer signal)
(Start signal)
(Driving signal)
ler sends a driving signal to throttle motor Shutdown
device
Battery relay Pilot switch
relay
Shutdown
delay relay
Monitor - controller
(Regulating signal)
(Start switch ON siganl)
n
ZX335-1002045
Fig. 4-166
rk er
motor
STOP position, the shutdown controller L
B E
B BR C
Throttle OFF
supply to the fuel feed pump. The engine Shutdown Battery relay
device Pilot switch
is then stopped. Shutdown
Start
relay
relay
Shutdown
Fig. 4-167
140°
9×10°
1
Gear position 1
Gear position 10
2 25°
.
De al
pt
4
5
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
6 1 Yellow
5V
n
rk er
2 Blue
VR
2
Ma t
1 3
Red
3 0V
In
ZX215-1002180
Fig. 4-168
(1) Knob
(2) Dial
(3) Spring
(4) Ball
(5) Potentiometer
(6) Plug
Function
● Turning of the fuel control dial changes the
resistance of the sliding rheostat inside (%)
the dial and the voltage signal collected by 100
Dial angle
the controller. The controller calculates the
collected signals and drives the governor
motor via signal output and controls the in-
jection of the fuel pump so that the engine
can run at an optimal speed.
● When throttle voltage is beyond the area, 0 0.25 1.72 4.49 4.75 5(V)
Voltage (V)
the controller sends out alarm code and
ZX215-1002181
the engine runs at low idle. The area under
the sloping line is the abnormality detection Fig. 4-169
.
De al
area.
pt
Remark:
g n
The leftmost position is 0%; and the rightmost
o
position is 100%.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
4.9.2.2 Controller
SEHC-281A (Huaxing)
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
J1-2(40 pins)
n
Fig. 4-170
Ma t
Controller ports
In
........
........ ...................
...................
........
........ ...................
...................
Fig. 4-171
J1-1 J1-2
No. Signal name I/O No. Signal name I/O
1 Power ground 82 High/low speed shift valve
2 Power ground 88 Front pump proportional valve
3 Power ground 89 Rear pump proportional valve
4 Power(24V) Input 98 Bucket confluence valve
5 Power(24V) Input 99 Engine start control
11 Fuel level sensor signal Input 100 Shutdown delay signal
13 GPS detecting signal 101 Bucket solenoid valve
15 Throttle position signal Input 105 Throttle motor drive signal+
23 RX232 113 Throttle motor drive signal-
28 Air filter plugging sensor signal Input 114 Power ground
30 Water temp sensor signal Input 115 Power ground
.
De al
31 Oil temp sensor signal Input 116 Power ground
34 Fuel control dial signal Input 117 Power ground
pt
38 Engine speed signal 118 Power(24V)
39 2RS 119 Power(24V)
40 RS
g n 120 Power(24V)
41 TX232 121 Power(24V)
o
42 2nd boost button signal
in ti
48 Engine oil pressure signal Input
49 L. travel pressure sensor Input
50 Bucket-dig pressure sensor Input 营
销
公
司
53 Input
sensor
54 Sensor power ground Input
rk er
Pump control
.
Valve control
De al
pt
Dual-speed Travel control
g no
in ti
Electrical control system Engine preheat/overheat alarm
司
公
销
营
et a
Self-diagnostic function
Power supply
Power supply
Power regulator valve signal 1
Preheating signal
Starting signal
.
Signal monitoring info 3
Auto deceleration signal
De al
Boom-up signal
Signal monitoring info
4
pt
Boom-down siganl
5
Arm-in signal
6
g n
Fuel level sensor
o
Fuel level signal Arm-out signal
7
Bucket-dig signal
8
Bucket-dump signal
in ti
9
Swing signal
10
营
销
公
司
Controller
HCU
et a
n
rk er
15
16
Real throttle position
Motor drive signal
Engine speed
feedback signal
Fig. 4-172
.
De al
pt
Frong pump oil feed device
Work equipment rotating device
11
g n
14
o
15
in ti
PPC basic pressure
13
司
公
销
营
12
Rear pump Front pump Two-speed
et a
PPC
16 proportional proportional solenoid
lock valve
valve valve valve
n
rk er
Swing motor
Servo Servo
F R
Swing motor
Main pump
Swing motor
Rear pump oil feed device
Work equipment rotating device
W365413082
Fig. 4-173
Note: The diagram above is a schematic diagram of electrical control. See the hydraulic section
for more information on the hydraulic circuits.
Cab
Pilot valve
A B
Travel Travel MAX
Boom up/down
Arm in/out Bucket dig/dump
Swing
MIN
F1
Esc
F2 F3
Enter
F4 F5
Fuel control dial
MC controller input
H/S/L/B
Pressure
.
Cancel auto deceleration
sensor
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
Engine chamber
rk er
Pressure
sensor
Controller
P2
P1
Ma t
In
Engine feed
Pump regulation
Pump proportional
pressure reducing
solenoid valve Throttle motor
Potentiometer Motor
Engine speed
Control motor
Actual throttle position feedback
W365413083
Fig. 4-174
Function
● This function allows operator to select a 10
.
De al
real engine speed under each mode.
Fig. 4-175
pt
Technical specifications
g n
H mode H
o
S
Engine power KW
in ti
S mode
n
Fig. 4-176
Speed (rpm) ~1850
In
Power(KW) 150
H
L, B
Pump flow Q
Fig. 4-177
● Mode H
● H mode matching point: Rated speed
184kW/2180rpm
Engine torque T
● Engine speed decreases when pump load
increases and the pressure rises. In this
case, engine speed will be up to the prox-
imity of matching point, allowing pump con-
troller to reduce output. On the contrary,
when pump load reduces and the pressure Engine speed N
.
decreases, the pump controller will keep
De al
ZX335-1002053
increasing pump output until engine speed
pt
reaches the proximity of matching point. Fig. 4-178
g no
in ti
Engine power KW
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Engine speed N
Ma t
ZX335-1002054
Fig. 4-179
In
Pump flow Q
ZX335-1002055
Fig. 4-180
each mode
Mode H S L B
Power out-
put percent- 95% 90% 80% 80%
age
Fig. 4-181
.
De al
pt
H
g no Engine power KW
L
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
Engine speed N
rk er
ZX335-1002051
Fig. 4-182
Ma t
In
L, B
Pump flow Q
Fig. 4-183
M
P Speed
Servo Servo
sensor
.
De al
pt
g no
Valve Valve
(Control signal)
(Control signal)
Hi
in ti (Engine speed signal)
Lo 销
公
司
营
et a
n
rk er
Controller
Ma t
In
Arm IN signal
Swing signal
W365413084
Fig. 4-184
Pump 1
delivery
amount
Pump 1
delivery
amount
.
De al
Arm OUT PPC pressure
pt
Pump 1
delivery Corresponding
amount
g no
MAX
delivery output
Pump 1
delivery
rk er
amount
delivery
amount
In
ZX215-1002197
Fig. 4-185
Pump 2
delivery
amount
Pump 2
delivery
amount
Pump 2
delivery
amount
.
De al
pt
Arm OUT PPC pressure
Pump 2
delivery Corresponding
amount
g n delivery output
MAX
o
Bucket CURL PPC pressure
in ti
Pump 2
delivery
amount 营
销
公
司
et a
Pump 2
delivery
rk er
amount
Pump 2
delivery
In
amount
ZX215-1002198
Fig. 4-186
Function charge amount and pilot pressure. During
combined operation, the set discharge amount
Use the work equipment and swing pilot pres-
of each operation shall be added.
sure signal directly as the hydraulic pump dis-
charge control signal. Pilot pressure is applied
on the valve stem and, on the other hand, Operation
is collected by the controller. The controller When the work equipment is operating, the
keeps the discharge amount of the hydraulic controller collects the signal of pilot pressure
pump at the specified value of the correspond- sensor, and determines the control discharge
ing pilot pressure according to the functional amount of pump 1 and pump 2 according to
relation between the set hydraulic pump dis- the pressure signal.
Shop Manual - April 2014 4-179
Structure and Functions SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
Function
● It is mainly used to calculate the theoreti-
cal maximum displacement. The system Q
employs constant power control. Two
Flow
Pump curve P-Q
regulators are interconnected hydraulically, P0
enabling synchronized operation of two PMax
.
isfies 2P0 ≤ P ∑ ≤ 2 PMax, the sum of powers Pressure
De al
of both hydraulic pumps remains constant, ZX215-1002199
pt
exceeding not the power of diesel engine. Fig. 4-187
g no
Operation
● When work equipment is working, the con-
in ti
power of pump.
et a
n
rk er
Function
Ma t
● Changing of the engine speed due to load change controls the pump power, and engine out-
put can be used more efficiently. (This function can also prevent the engine from losing con-
In
trol when the machine is operating under harsh conditions (eg. high - altitude area).
Operation
The engine control panel controls the target operating speed of the engine.
● The engine controller collects the actual speed signal from the speed sensor, and preform a
loop control with the target operating speed. Then, the controller involves the output of loop
control with the calculation of the solenoid valve control signal, and sends the final regulating
current signal to the pump proportional solenoid valve.
● The solenoid valve controls pump flow by feeding pilot oil to the pump regulator according to
the signal sent from the controller.
M
P Speed
Servo
.
Servo
sensor
De al
pt
g no
(Throttle position feedback signal)
(Motor drive signal)
in ti
Valve Valve
司
公
销
(Control signal)
et a
Hi
(Control signal)
(Engine speed signal)
n
Lo
rk er
Ma t
In
Controller
A B
CAN bus
Bucket DUMP signal
Arm IN signal
Swing signal
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
Esc Enter
W365413086
Fig. 4-188
● Bucket fl ow control
● Swing priority control
Operation
Min Bucket joystick
When the bucket control lever is operated, the pilot pressure
controller collects the signal from the bucket
DUMP pressure sensor and bucket CURL ZX215-1002201
pressure sensor, and controls the bucket con-
Fig. 4-189
fluence proportional valve.
.
De al
pt
Bucket confluence
valve current
g no
450mA
in ti
Bucket joystick
400mA
司
公
销
营
pilot pressure
et a
n
ZX305-1002202
rk er
Fig. 4-190
Function
● Pressurized oil from pump 1 bypasses bucket 1 valve spool, and flows first to swing motor
valve spool to activate swing first.
Operation
● When signals from pump 1 pressure sensor, arm pressure sensor and swing pressure sensor
meet the following conditions, the controller activates the solenoid valve. The solenoid valve
conducts pilot pressure oil to arm flow controller and limits the alternate circuit of arm 1 valve
spool. Swing valve spool first ensures swing motor power, preventing the counter acting force
when the arm is retracting from affecting the positioning of the upper swing structure.
Operating condition
● Swing pressure sensor: signal output available
Travel Motor
Regulator Regulator
Right travel pressure sensor
.
De al
Main Control Valve
Left travel pressure sensor
pt
Travel Speed
Solenoid Valve
g no
Engine
Injection Governor
Pump Motor F Main Pump R
in ti
M
P Servo
营
销
公
司
Servo
et a
(Motor drive signal)
(Throttle position
feedback signal)
n
rk er
(Control signal)
Lo
(Control signal)
In
A B
Controller F1
Esc
F2 F3
Enter
F4 F5
(CAN Bus)
W365413085
Fig. 4-191
Function
Travel mode control
Operation
● When travel mode is set to LOW, the angle
travel motor swashplate reaches its maxi-
mum and travel speed is slow.
● When the controller receives signal from
travel pressure sensor under the following
condition, it activates the solenoid valve.
The solenoid valve delivers pilot oil to the
travel motor swashplate angle control valve
.
in order to reduce the angle to its minimum
De al
and increase travel speed.
pt
Operating condition
g no
Fast travel function on the monitor is on.
in ti
Start switch
Heat
.
Governor motor
De al
Coolant Temp F R
pt
Sensor
M
g n P Servo Servo
o
in ti
(Motor drive signal)
feedback signal)
(Throttle position
司
公
销
营
et a
n
(Control signal)
rk er
(Control signal)
Hi
Lo
Ma t
In
A B
Controller
(CAN bus)
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
Esc Enter
W365413087
Fig. 4-192
1) Engine preheating
Function
● Preheat control
Operation
● The excavator starts preheating when it is powered on.
Operating condition
● Low temperature switch is closed; excavator is energized; auto preheating begins at starting.
.
De al
pt
Function
● When coolant temperature is high (over 103℃ ) during operation, the monitor displays alarm.
g no
Operation
● The controller collects signal from coolant temperature sensor. If coolant temperature is too
in ti
high, alarm message will be generated and sent to the monitor. Receiving the alarm message,
the monitor will illuminate the alarm indicator light.
营
销
公
司
et a
Operating condition
n
● Power on
rk er
Function
● The controller collects signal from engine oil pressure sensor. When engine speed is greater
than 600 rpm and engine oil pressure is too low, alarm message will be generated and sent to
the monitor. Receiving the alarm message, the alarm indicator lights up.
Engine
DOWN
DUMP
DIG
UP
Engine
throttle
controller
Swing Left Arm
Joystick
RIGHT
LEFT
OUT
Control
IN
Fuel Control Dial
.
De al
(Throttle signal)
pt
Control
BWD
FWD
BWD
FWD
g n Levers
o
A B
in ti
Controller
司
公
销
营
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
et a
CAN Bus
Esc Enter
Fig. 4-193
rk er
● When all control levers are in the neutral Drop 100 rpm
Auto deceleration
duce fuel consumption and noise. (1400rpm)
ZX335-1002061
Fig. 4-194
Operation
● Engine speed will drop to the speed of gear position 1 (100 rpm lower than the set speed) 0.2
second after the control levers are placed in the neutral position. The engine will run at low
speed (1400 rpm) after another three (3) seconds. This can reduce void flow of hydraulic sys-
tem and wear of the engine, hence saving energy and reducing noise. When any control lever
is operated to resume the operation, the engine speed will be restored.
● When any control lever is operated during engine deceleration, engine speed will increase im-
mediately to the speed set by the fuel control dial.
Main valve
M
Speed
P
.
Servo Servo
sensor
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
(Control signal)
(Control signal)
et a
Hi
n
Lo
rk er
Ma t
In
Controller A B
(CAN bus)
Bucket DUMP signal
Boom UP signal
R. Travel signal
L. Travel signal
Arm IN signal
Swing signal
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
Esc Enter
W365413088
Fig. 4-195
Function
Enter the maximum engine speed for each
working mode as a criteria for engine speed
control. Throttle Help Info
Operation
Current Gear N:
1. Auto calibration of engine speed requires
starting the engine. Engine Speed rpm:
.
B. Press the key [F4] to start speed cali-
De al
bration process.
pt
s AUTO
rpm
C. Turn the fuel control dial after calibra-
n/min
tion.
g n XP2051203013
.
De al
pt
Connection Diagram
Signal Name
g n Terminal No.
A
o
Power (+5V)
in ti
B Ground
司
C Output
公
销
营
et a
W365-1304208
Fig. 4-197
n
rk er
Operation
● The illustration on the right shows the rela- (V)
Ma t
(MPa)
⊍य़
ZX335-1002067
Fig. 4-198
Connection Diagram
.
De al
Terminal No. Signal Name
pt
g n A Power (+5V)
B Ground
o
C Output
in ti
W365-1304208
Fig. 4-199 营
销
公
司
et a
Operation
n
Ӵᛳ఼䕧ߎ⬉य़
In
(MPa)
⊍य़
ZX335-1002067
Fig. 4-200
2 1
ZX335-1002070
.
Fig. 4-201
De al
pt
Function g n
● Engine speed sensor is mounted on the gear ring of flywheel. It calculates the number of gear
o
teeth passing before the sensor and sends the result to the controller.
in ti
Note: If the engine speed sensor has not been tightened to the specific torque, it may fail to pro-
duce signal. Always tighten the engine speed sensor to the specific torque.
营
销
公
司
et a
1
rk er
Ma t
In
W365413089
Fig. 4-202
1 2 3 4
.
De al
ZX215-1002246
pt
Fig. 4-203
(1) Float
g no
(2) Lever
(3) Shell
in ti
(4) Connector 销
公
司
营
et a
Function
n
Signal from the sensor will be collected by the controller and displayed on the monitor. Resis-
tance output sensors like hydraulic oil temperature sensor, fuel level sensor and coolant tempera-
rk er
ture sensor send signal to the controller. The controller collects, process and calculate voltage
signals and converts it into related information that will be displayed on the monitor.
Ma t
Specifications
In
Electrical parameters:
● Total resistance: 100Ω
● Tolerance: ±5%
● Upper limit: Ru ≤ 9.6Ω
● Lower limit: Rd ≥ 86Ω
● Variation: Nonlinear
● Max. input volt: 12VDC
Mechanical parameters:
● Rotor angle: 105°
● Vertical distance between upper and lower limits of the float (measurable range of fluid level):
500 mm
.
De al
pt
ZX335-1002071
Fig. 4-204 g n
Function
o
The output resistance of engine coolant tem-
in ti
Monitor
A B
CAN signal
Controller
.
De al
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
Esc Enter
pt
g no
in ti
Each sensor
Power
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
Battery
In
ZX335-1002073
Fig. 4-205
● The machine condition is monitored by the ● Information on the monitor display includes
sensors mounted on different locations of primarily:
the machine. The controller processes the
1. Alert information in case of machine fail-
signals and transmits the signals to the
ure
monitor display, informing the operator of
the machine condition. 2. Operating condition (coolant tempera-
ture, hydraulic oil temperature, fuel level,
● The monitor panel also contains mode se- etc. )
lector, functional keys and machine opera-
tion control outputs.
4.11.1 Monitor
SECD_5I7D
$ %
.
De al
pt
g no
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
in ti
Esc Enter
司
公
销
营
et a
WX215-1204002H
n
Fig. 4-206
rk er
Outline IMPORTANT
● The monitor is used to display monitoring ● Technical specification allows a screen to
Ma t
information and select a working mode. have not-more-than 10 dark spots (not il-
luminated) or bright spots.
● The monitor has a CPU (Central Process-
In
ing Unit) which processes, displays, and ● It is normal to have blue bright spots on the
outputs information. screen when the monitor is on for a quite
period of time.
● The monitor uses a LCD (Liquid Crystal
Display). ● It is normal to have blinking strips on the
screen when the monitor initializes.
Port I/O signals
NOTICE A A B
.
De al
pt
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
The monitor panel performs the functions of
monitoring and displaying, selecting a working
g n C Esc Enter
A: Alert indicators
n
B: LCD display
C: Operation keys
rk er
Ma t
Alert indicator
When the excavator has a problem, the alert
indicator flashes five times along with five
buzzing. If the fault is still there, the indicator
light A will be kept on, telling user to solve the $ %
problem.
XP235-13002
Fig. 4-208
.
11/11/01 8
De al
(5) Total service hours 5 0032h25m E101 09:32:24 7
s
pt
(6) Function icons 6 AUTO
n/min
C
XP235-13004
Fig. 4-210
.
De al
B
pt
g no
in ti
C
营
销
公
司 XP235-13005
Fig. 4-211
et a
n
rk er
A F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
A: Function keys
In
Esc Enter
B: Navigation keys B
XP235-13006
Fig. 4-212
Function keys
There are five function keys, i.e. F1, F2, F3, F4 and F5. These keys are defined by the icons dis-
played above them.
● Function of the same key may vary as the icon above it changes.
● A key is disabled when no icon is displayed above it.
Common icons and corresponding keys are given in the following table.
Icon dis-
Function keys Functions Display range
played
F1 s Change working mode. H→S→L→B
.
De al
F2 AUTO
pt
n/min
F5
Back to previous page. 营
销
公
司
Same as the ESC key
et a
n
Operation keys
rk er
n/min
.
De al
XP235-13007
L mode - Light-duty operation
pt
Fig. 4-213
B mode - Breaker operation
g n
NOTE: S is the default mode after the machine
o
is powered on.
in ti
AUTO
.
De al
● Press F3 to enter System Unlock.
pt
● Press F4 to enter Backlight Adjustment.
g n
● Press F5 or ESC to return to the default
XP235-13008
page.
o
● Press Enter to check the validity of pass- Fig. 4-214
in ti
.
Throttle Position V:10
De al
pt
g no
XP1251203008
Fig. 4-216
in ti
司
公
Boom UP kg:10
Key operation Boom DOWN kg:10
Ma t
XP2051203009
Fig. 4-217
.
De al
High/Low Speed Shift ○
pt
g no
XP2051203010
Fig. 4-218
in ti
司
公
XP2051203011
Fig. 4-219
.
De al
● Press F5 or ESC to return to the Main
pt
Menu. s AUTO
n/min
rpm
Note: Only a SYFCS controller allows the
g n
change of rpm between blue and red colors.
o
XP2051203013
Fig. 4-220
in ti
司
公
Key operation
中文系统
In
系统 ).
● Press F3 to select English System.
● Press F5 or ESC to return to the Main
Menu.
● Press or to highlight a language up
中文 Eng
or down the list.
XP2051203014
Fig. 4-221
.
will be prompted by “Calibration finished!
De al
Use [↑][↓][←][→] to set p system clock.
Please restart your machine.”
pt
● Press F5 or ESC to return to the default
g n
page. XP2051203015
o
NOTE: System clock can only be set up once Fig. 4-222
after the machine is powered on. When the
in ti
Longitude °:121.0W
Key operation Latitude °:31.40N
.
Signal to noise ratio 3: dB
2. The letter “N” stands for North Latitude
De al
Signal to noise ratio 4: dB
and “S” for South Latitude.
pt
3. The letter “P” stands for a height above
g n
the seal level and “N” for a height below XP20512003026
the seal level.
o
Fig. 4-223
4. The signal-to-noise ratio ranges from 0 to
in ti
.
De al
the highlight returns to the top item after
pt
the bottom one.
● Press F2 or Enter to enter highlighted item.
g n XP2051203016
● Press F5 or ESC to return to the Main
o
Menu. Fig. 4-224
in ti
司
公
销
营
Fig. 4-225
Key operation
.
De al
● Press F1 or Enter to save the change af- Use [↑][↓][←] and [→] to set up service hours.
pt
ter calibration. You will see on the screen
“Calibration finished! Please restart your
g n
machine.” XP2051203021
o
● Press F5 or ESC to return to System Set- Fig. 4-226
up.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
De al
● When “215” after machine model is Use [↑][↓][←] and [→] to change machine S/N.
pt
blinking, each pressing of F1 will bring the Model Eng Hyd Ctrl
number up by 10; when “32” after GPS
g n
is blinking, each pressing of F1 will bring XP2051203023
the number up by 10.
o
Fig. 4-227
● Press F2 to change Engine Model.
in ti
.
De al
pt
g no
XP2051203028
Fig. 4-228
in ti
司
公
Key operation
In
XP2051203029
Fig. 4-229
.
De al
System Locked
Contact your Sany distributor to unlock your machine.
pt
g no
XP2051203024
Fig. 4-230
in ti
System Lockout
rk er
Key operation
● Press F5 to enter the page for unlocking. Machine Model:SY205C
Machine S/N:00008
NOTE: After 5 seconds according to the com-
Ma t
Lockout State:Level 2
mand, corresponding state (Level 1 lockout,
In
Current time:12:12:11
level 2 lockout or no lockout) will be displayed.
(Waiting for 5 seconds performs a function of
filtration.)
System Locked
Contact your Sany distributor to unlock your machine.
XP2051203025
Fig. 4-231
tE.
PAD nal
eGp
ng o
i
tKi t
司
公
销
营
a
AkNe rn
e
BLMaInt
r
tE.
DG al
ep
gA no
i
tKi t
nP
司
公
销
营
a
kNe rn
aAr et
BLM In
Standard Values
.
5 Table of Standard Values
De al
pt
5.1 Standard Values for Engine-Related Parts .............................................................. 5-3
5.2 Standard Values for Chassis-Related Parts ............................................................ 5-4
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
Rated speed rpm 2,000 2,000
De al
Intake pressure
pt
Air cleaner outlet location kPa Min 133 Min 133
(Negative
Arm-in relief + max rpm {mmH2O} {Min 1,000} {Min 1,000}
pressure)
Exhaust color
g no
At sudden acceleration Bosch Max 25 35
At high idling Index — —
Valve clear- Intake valve mm 0.4 0.3– 0.5
in ti
Blow-by pres- Coolant temp:working range arm- kPa Max 0.98 1.96
sure in relief + max rpm {mmH2O} {Max 100} {200}
rk er
.
De al
● Engine coolant temperature: Within
operational range
pt
● Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
2 pumps at relief +
operational range
g n
boosting (if avail-
● Engine running at high idle
rpm 2,050±50 2,050±50
able)
● Heavy-load operating mode (H)
o
● Arm-in relief condition + boost switch
in ti
on
Speed when auto ● Engine running at high idle
deceleration is op- ● Auto idling switch on rpm 1,350±50 1,400±100
司
公
销
营
● Engine stopped
Spool Stroke
.
De al
lever {Max 3.1} {Max 4.0}
pt
Travel control Max 93.1 Max 107.6
pedal g n {Max 9.5} {Max 11}
● Hydraulic oil temp:Within op-
erational range
o
● Engine running at high idle
Unloaded 3.5 ± 1.0 3.5 ± 1.0
in ti
● Working mode:H
pressure {36 ± 10} {36 ± 10}
● Hydraulic pump output pressure
with all control levers in neutral
营
销
公
司
position
et a
Boom relief ● Hydraulic oil temp:Within op- 34.3 ± 1.0 33.3 – 35.3
erational range
n
● Working mode:H
● Hydraulic pump output pressure 34.8 ± 1.0 33.3 – 36.8
Ma t
Bucket relief with all measurement circuits {355 ± 10} {340 – 375}
MPa
relieved
In
{kg/cm2}
● Hydraulic oil temp:Within op- 25.5 ± 1.0 24.5 - 27.5
Swing relief erational range {261 ± 10} {250 - 280}
● Operate corresponding control
lever after the engine runs at
high idling speed.
● Working mode:H 33.4 ± 1.0 32.4 – 34.4
Travel relief
● Hydraulic pump output pressure {342±10} {330 – 351}
with all measurement circuits
relieved
● Hydraulic oil temp:Within op-
erational range
Control circuit
● Engine running at high idle 3.9±0.2 3.7 – 4.1
source pres-
● Self pressure reducing valve {40±2} {37 – 41}
sure
output pressure with all control
levers in NEUTRAL position
.
● Engine running at high idle
De al
swing
● Working mode: H
pt
● Time required for passing points
90° and 180° from starting point
● For measuring posture see Swing 180° sec. 4.4 ± 0.4 Max 5.5
g n
1 on page 3-10.
o
Time taken to swing
● Working mode: H
+4
● Time required for 5 turns after making initial one
营
销
公
司
sec. 31 -2 Max 35
turn
et a
● Engine stopped
Hydraulic drift
● Working mode: H
Travel
Lo 22 ± 2.5 19.5-24.5
(Actual run)
● Working mode: H
● Level ground sec.
● Time required for traveling 10 m after 10 m trial
run Hi 14 ± 2.5 11.5-16.5
● For measuring posture see Swing 2 on page 3-10.
.
De al
● Working mode: H
Deviation
pt
● Hard level ground mm Max 800 Max 900
● Amount of deviation (χ) while traveling 20 m after ini-
Travel
● Engine stopped
● Park the machine on a grade of 12° , with the sprock-
营
销
公
司
mm 0 0
et in the downhill direction
et a
lief condition
In Bucket
● Engine stopped
Hydraulic drift
mm Max 20 Max 20
tial setting
★ Bucket tip lower distance
★ Boom cylinder: Cylinder retracting distance
Bucket cylinder
Boom ● Time required for the bucket UP sec. 3.8 ± 0.3 Max 4.8
to raise from the ground to its
stroke end
● For measuring posture see
Work Equipment 2 on page
.
De al
3-12.
pt
● Hydraulic oil temp:Within op-
IN sec. 3.5 ± 0.3 Max 4.5
erational range
Work Equipment Speed
g n
● Engine running at high idle
Work Equipment
o
● Working mode: H
Arm ● Time required from dumping
in ti
stroke end to digging stroke end OUT sec. 3.0± 0.3 Max 3.5
● For measuring posture see 营
销
公
司
3-13.
n
● Hydraulic oil temp:Within op- DIG sec. 3.1 ± 0.3 Max 3.4
rk er
erational range
● Engine running at high idle
Ma t
● Working mode: H
Bucket ● Time required from dumping
In
stroke end to digging stroke end DUMP sec. 2.0 ± 0.3 Max 2.3
● For measuring posture see
Work Equipment 4 on page
3-13.
.
Equipment 5 on page 3-13.
De al
● Hydraulic oil temp:Within opera-
pt
tional range
Time Delay
Bucket ● Average time required for operat- sec. Max 1.0 Max 3.6
ing the control lever back and forth
till the arm starts to move
Ma t
tional range
● Engine running at high idle
Amount of devia-
● Working mode: H
Operations
tion in simultane-
● Travel Speed: Low
ous operation of mm Max 200 Max 220
● Amount of deviation measured for
work equipment
20 m after traveling about 10 m on
and travel
a hard level ground
● For measuring posture see Travel
2 and 3 on page 3-11.
.
De al
pt
ZX335-1003002
Fig. 5-1
g no
Swing 1: Swing brake angle, time taken to
start swing and time taken to swing
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
ZX335-1003004
In
Fig. 5-2
15°
Sprocket
ZX335-1003006
Fig. 5-3
ZX335-1003003
Fig. 5-4
.
De al
pt
Travel 2: Travel speed (actual run), Travel de-
viation g n 45°
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX335-1003005
Fig. 5-5
Ma t
10m
ZX335-1003007
Fig. 5-6
12°
ZX335-1003008
Fig. 5-7
.
De al
pt
Work equipment 1: Hydraulic drift of work
equipment g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX335-1003010
Fig. 5-8
Ma t
ZX335-1003012
Fig. 5-9
ZX335-1003009
Fig. 5-10
.
De al
pt
Work equipment 4: Bucket speed
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX335-1003011
Fig. 5-11
Ma t
ZX335-1003013
Fig. 5-12
ZX335-1003014
Fig. 5-13
.
De al
pt
Work equipment 7: Bucket delay
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX335-1003015
Fig. 5-14
Ma t
In
tE.
PAD nal
eGp
ng o
i
tKi t
司
公
销
营
a
AkNe rn
e
BLMaInt
r
tE.
DG al
ep
gA no
i
tKi t
nP
司
公
销
营
a
kNe rn
aAr et
BLM In
.
6 Testing and adjusting
De al
pt
6.1 Engine Speed - Test and Adjust............................................................................... 6-3
6.2 Exhaust Gas Color - Test ......................................................................................... 6-5
g n
6.3 Valve Clearance - Adjust.......................................................................................... 6-7
o
6.3.1 Testing............................................................................................................ 6-8
in ti
6.6 A/C Compressor Belt Tension - Test and Adjust .................................................... 6-19
6.6.1 Testing ......................................................................................................... 6-19
Ma t
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Testing
Start the engine and keep the engine running
until coolant temperature enters operational Main Menu
range. Key in the password on the monitor
and check if the engine speed is normal in Operating Information
.
SYS Clock Setup
1. Engine speed at low idle
De al
GPS Information
pt
2. Engine speed at fuel control dial position
11 (H and S modes)
g n Running parameters of engine,
main pump and main valve.
3. Engine speed at relief, with fuel control dial
o
in position 11 (H and S modes)
4. Engine speed at auto deceleration
in ti
XP1251203007
Fig. 6-1
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Calibration
1. Preconditions for auto speed calibration:
A. Start the engine.
Throttle Help Info
B. Check the throttle position voltage for
gear position 1 on the Throttle Help Info
page on the monitor. Normal voltage Current Gear N:
should be 1.3±0.3V under normal
speed range of 1050±50. If the voltage Engine Speed rpm:
.
would appear after Engine Speed on
De al
the Throttle Help Info page on the
pt
monitor.
s AUTO
n/min
rpm
g n
2. Enter the speed calibration page.
o
XP2051203013
3. Speed calibration
n
4. Successful calibration
If the calibration is done successfully, the
icon for calibration indication turns blue.
The switching to full deceleration requires
pressing F2 to switch it manually.
CAUTION
.
De al
equipment.
pt
g n
1. Testing with smoke meter
A. Put the filter paper in the smoke meter.
o
B. Insert the waste gas intake pipe into
in ti
Fig. 6-4
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
● Special tools
.
De al
pt
Adjustment of valve clearance (carried
MH060008
on machine)
g n
ZX335-1004006
o
in ti
Check and adjust the valve clearance in cold state as per the following procedure:
营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
6.3.1 Testing
In cold state, valve clearance is to be checked
and adjusted as per the following procedure:
Aligning point
1. Remove the rocker arm cover.
2. Turn the No.1 piston or the No.6 piston to
the top dead center (TDC) of compression
stroke by following the steps below.
● Turn the engine until the TDC line on
the crankshaft pulley is in line with the
timing pointer.
● Turn the No.1 piston or the No.6 piston
.
to the TDC of compression stroke.
De al
ZX335-1004007
pt
Fig. 6-6
Note: When the rocker arm at the intake side
and rocker arm at the exhaust side cannot be
g n
turned by hands, it is indicated that the piston
o
has reached the TDC of compression stroke.
Turning the engine by one more turn, the TDC
in ti
Cylinder 1 2 3 4 5 6
Ma t
Exhaust ● ○ ● ○ ● ○
Intake ● ● ○ ● ○ ○
In
6.3.2 Adjusting
1. In adjustment of valve clearance, loosen Adjusting screw
the locknut before adjusting the adjusting
screw. A standard clearance is achieved
when slight resistance to the feeler gauge Locknut
is felt when pulling it out from the clear-
ance.
2. After adjustment, hold the adjusting screw
with a screwdriver to prevent it from turn-
ing, and tighten the locknut.
Locknut: 21-30 N.m{2.1- 3.1 kgf.m}
Valve clearance
ZX335-1004009
.
3. Go on with the next step until all valve
De al
Fig. 6-8
clearances marked with a black dot ( ● )
pt
have been adjusted
g n
4. Recheck the clearances with the feeler
gauge. Readjustment should be made if
o
deviation from the standard valve is found.
in ti
● Service standard
Correction
Location Service Item Standard value Limits
method
Every cylinder (200
3.0MPa {30.6kgf/cm2} 2.5MPa {25.5kgf/cm2} Check
Compression rpm/h)
—
force Inter-cylinder pres-
— 390 kPa { ≤ 4kgf/cm2 } Check
sure difference
● Special tool
.
De al
Symbol Tool name and shape Part number Application
pt
Pressure gauge connector 5-85317-001-0 (JKM- Checking the compres-
1015) sion force
g no
1. Reduction of compression force can be an
in ti
.
De al
B. When engine oil and coolant are found, hole of the fuel injector. This is very
pt
it might be cracking of cylinder. Replace dangerous. Never touch or look into the
the crankcase.
g n fuel injector mounting hole when the
engine is running.
9. Mount the gasket and to the fuel injec-
o
tor mounting hole and fix them with the
in ti
injector cap. Install the compression force
gauge.
司
公
销
营
cylinders.
rk er
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
● Service standard
Correction
Location Service Item Standard value Limits
method
— Fuel injection timing (BTDC) 8 degrees 7~9 degrees Adjust
.
De al
— Nut, injection tube 28~32 —
pt
● Common tool (Unit: N·m)
g no
Symbol Tool name and shape Part number Application
in ti
Universal con-
necting rod with
extension Inspection and adjust-
司
公
销
营
et a
14
A ZX335-1004011
rk er
Ma t
NOTICE
In
6.5.1 Testing
.
steps in order to obtain proper alignment.
De al
pt
Check if the marking lines are aligned with
each other. g n ZX335-1004007
1
Ma t
In
ZX335-1004012
Fig. 6-11
ZX335-1004013
Fig. 6-12
.
De al
pt
4. Remove from No.1 plunger the valve body
① , seat ② , spring ③ and spool ④ .
g n
1
5. Reassemble the valve body ① and tighten
o
it to the specific torque. Do no reassemble
in ti
3
et a
n
4
rk er
ZX335-1004014
Fig. 6-13
Ma t
In
ZX335-1004015
Fig. 6-14
ZX335-1004016
Fig. 6-15
.
De al
pt
8. Observe and make sure that the mark
g n
(of fuel injection beginning angle) on
crankshaft pulley is in line with the timing TD
C
o
pointer.
in ti
ZX335-1004018
NOTICE Fig. 6-17
.
De al
pt
● Do not tighten the fuel injection pump
body more than specified. The pump
body is aluminum and it can be de-
g n
formed by over-tightening, resulting in
o
unfavorable impact on the operation of
control rack.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
6.5.2 Adjusting
.
outward (getting away from the cylinder
De al
ZX335-1004019
block).
pt
Fig. 6-18
Injection timing turns the fuel injection pump
g n
in retard along the drive shaft of fuel injec-
tion pump in order to make it face inward
o
(approaching the cylinder block).
in ti
angle.
营
et a
is now finished.
In
.
ZX335-1004021
De al
Fig. 6-20
pt
6.6.2 Adjusting
g no
● If the belt deflection is abnormal, adjust it
according to the following procedure. 4
in ti
ZXT335-1004022
.
De al
pt
● Park your machine on a level ground.
Lower your work equipment to the
g n
ground.
o
● Do not put your hands or feet under the
undercarriage during testing.
in ti
6.8.1 Testing
1. Move your machine forward at a distance
that is equal to the length of track on the
ground. Keep running the engine at low 3 2
idle. Park your machine slowly. a
.
1
De al
bends little. In addition, an L-shaped beam
pt
has good performance against bending. ZX335-1004026
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
6.8.2 Adjusting
If the track tension is incorrect, adjustment is
to be made in the following way.
1. Decreasing the tension
A. Loosen the valve (1) to discharge
grease. Tighten the valve after dis-
charging.
1
WARNING
2
● Never loosen the valve over one turn.
.
If the valve is loosened too much, the
De al
ZXT335-1004027
grease under high pressure may cause
pt
the valve to shoot.
g no
B. Recheck the track tension as per the
above method after adjustment.
in ti
ZX335-1004028
Fig. 6-26
.
swing and travel (hydraulic pump output
De al
pressure) circuits can be viewed on the
pt
monitor.
g no
6.9.1 Testing
1. Preparatory work before measuring
in ti
.
De al
4. Testing the swing relief pressure
pt
A. Start the engine. Reach out the work equipment as far as possible. Lower the work equip-
g n
ment on the ground in order to restrict swinging.
o
B. Test the hydraulic pressure when the engine is running at high idle and the swing circuit is
in relief condition.
in ti
The hydraulic pressure indicated is the pressure when the swing motor relief valve is in re-
lief condition.
司
公
销
营
et a
The relief pressure of swing motor is lower than the main relief pressure.
n
rk er
6.9.2 Adjusting
.
A. Disconnect the pilot hose. ZXT335-1004900
De al
Fig. 6-29
pt
B. Loosen the locknut (4). Turn the adjust-
ing screw (5) to adjust the pressure.
g n
The pressure increases as the retainer
is turned right.
o
The pressure decreases as the retainer
in ti
is turned left. 4
Locknut:
53.5±4.9 Nm{5.5±0.5 kgm}
rk er
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
6
6
77
8
8
ZXT335-1004034
.
De al
Fig. 6-31
pt
g n
A. Loosen the locknut (7). Turn the adjust-
7
ing screw (8) to adjust the pressure.
o
Pressure increases as the retainer is
in ti
Locknut:
rk er
8
78-103 Nm{8.0-10.5 kgm}
B. Check the pressure again after adjust- ZX335-1004035
Ma t
Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. After the engine is stopped, oper-
ate the control levers for several times in order to release the remaining pressure in hydraulic cir-
cuits. Open the butterfly nut on the breather valve. Press the relief button to release pressure in
.
De al
the hydraulic tank.
pt
1. Remove the hydraulic pressure testing
plug (1).
g no
2. Install the priming adaptor and connect it
to the hydraulic tester.
in ti
ZXT215-1004007
In
Fig. 6-33
6.10.2 Adjusting
1. If the oil pressure measured is lower than
3.5 MPa {36 kgf/cm²}, loosen the locknut (2) 3 2
and screw in the stud (3). Observe pressure
change on the gauge at the same time.
Tighten the nut (2) when desired pressure is
reached.
2. Remove all measuring tools after testing.
Make sure that the
ZX215-1004031
Fig. 6-34
● Make sure that the initial pressure of control oil circuit is normal before testing the output
pressure of solenoid valve.
Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. After the engine is stopped, oper-
ate the control levers for several times in order to release the remaining pressure in hydraulic cir-
.
cuits. Open the butterfly nut on the breather valve. Press the relief button to release pressure in
De al
the hydraulic tank.
pt
1. Disconnect the hose of solenoid valve in
g n
order to test the pressure at the outlet.
o
6
in ti
4
2 Backup proportional valve
et a
3
3 Backup proportional valve 2
n
1
4 Bucket confluence valve
rk er
5 Backup
6 Pilot pressure valve
W365613091
Ma t
Fig. 6-35
In
2. Install a tee to location (A) on each solenoid valve and connect the hose.
3. Mount the adaptor onto the tee and connect it to the hydraulic tester.
● Use a hydraulic tester with a capacity of 6 MPa {61 kg/cm2} .
4. Start the engine and keep it running until the hydraulic oil temperature rises to the operational
range.
5. Run the engine at full speed. Operate the control levers to open or close each solenoid valve,
and measure the pressure.
● The function of each solenoid valve can be checked through the monitor's monitoring func-
tion. (This is a special function of the monitor.)
6. Remove all measuring tools after measurement. Make sure that the machine returns to its
normal condition.
.
De al
OFF
Travel signal OFF
pt
When travel speed If pressure of both front and back pump is
24.5 MPa {250 kg/cm2}
switch is in Hi posi-
g n Travel signal ON
tion
If pressure of both front and back pump is
o
15.3 MPa {150 kg/cm2} ON
in ti
Other states
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
De al
1. Remove the pilot oil pressure switch or
pt
plug.
g n
No. Oil circuit No. Oil circuit
o
1 Left travel 7 Boom DOWN
in ti
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 Bucket DUMP
n
6 Boom UP ZXT335-1004902
rk er
3. Start the engine and keep it running until the hydraulic oil temperature rises to the operational
range.
4. Measure the output pressure with the engine running at high idle and all control levers of the
tested circuit in neutral position.
● When the measured output pressure reads the following values, the pilot valve is normal.
5. Remove all the tools after testing. Make sure that the machine returns to its normal condition.
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
● Do not move the plunger.
De al
ZX215-1004032
pt
4. When the disc (3) is fixed, tighten the
locknut (2) to the specified torque.
g n
Locknut: 98~127 Nm {10~13 kgm}
o
5. Restore the bellows (1).
in ti
.
● Load the bucket fully with soil or apply
De al
rated load to the bucket.
pt
B. Operate the control levers in order to
g n
keep the boom in the UP position and
the bucket in the DIG position.
o
● If the lowering speed increases, it is
in ti
ZX215-1004033
failure of cylinder seal.
● If nothing changes, it is failure of con- 营
销
公
司
trol valve.
et a
● If the pressure in accumulator drops, recharge the accumulator after running the engine
for about 10 seconds.
[Ref.] If the hydraulic drift is caused by failure of the cylinder seal, the reason for increase of low-
ering speed during the above operation is described below:
A. If the machine is set in the above position (where the holding pressure is applied to the head
end), the oil leaks from the head end to the rod end. The pressure in the rod end is increased
as a result.
B. As the pressure in the rod end decreases, the pressure in the head end increases to keep a
balance. This process is repeated until balance is reached at a certain level depending on the
amount of leakage.
C. When the pressure is balanced, the lowering speed decreases. If the control levers are oper-
ated according to the above procedure, the oil circuit in the rod end opens to the drain circuit
.
De al
(while the head end is closed by a check valve), and the oil flows to the drain circuit from the
pt
rod end. As a result, the lowering speed increases.
3. Check the pilot valve.
g n
Test the hydraulic drift respectively while the accumulator is pressurized and the hydraulic
o
lockout control in the LOCK/FREE position.
in ti
● Operate the control levers with engine start switch in the ON position.
● If the pressure in accumulator drops, recharge the accumulator after running the engine for
营
销
公
司
about 10 seconds.
et a
● If there is a difference in hydraulic drift between the LOCK position and the FREE position, it
n
Before disconnecting the lines between the hydraulic cylinders or between the hydraulic motor
and the control valve, perform the following steps in order to release the remaining pressure in
the hydraulic lines.
Even if there is no pressure remaining in the swing motor line and the travel motor line, they will
be influenced by the internal pressure of hydraulic tank. The breather valve must therefore be
opened to release pressure prior to operation.
1. Stop the engine, loosen the butterfly nut on the breather valve, and press the release button
to release the pressure in hydraulic tank.
2. Turn the engine start switch to the ON position and operate the control levers for several
.
De al
times.
pt
● The pilot lock valve must be energized. Operate the control levers with the engine start
switch in the ON position.
g n
● Operate the control levers 2 or 3 times to release the pressure in the accumulator.
o
3. Start the engine and keep the engine running at low idle for about 10 seconds in order to
in ti
.
B. Disconnect the hose (1) on the cylinder
De al
rod end and plug the hose opening.
pt
Take care not to disconnect the hose
g n
on the cylinder head end.
ZXT335-1004039
o
C. Start the engine and apply relief pres- Fig. 6-36
sure to the head end of the cylinder
in ti
minute.
n
.
running until the hydraulic oil tempera-
De al
ture reaches the operational range. And
pt
then fully extend the bucket cylinder. 3
g n
To release the pressure remaining in
the circuits see “Remaining Pressure
o
in Hydraulic Lines - Relieve” on page
6-36.
in ti
Fig. 6-38
et a
.
De al
3) for 30 seconds. Measure the
pt
amount of oil leakage for one min-
ute. g n
● After the first measurement, swing
o
the upper structure 180º and mea-
sure the leakage again in the same
in ti
way.
D. Make sure that the machine returns to 营
销
公
司
ZXT335-1004031
Fig. 6-40
WARNING
.
Make sure that all signals are correct.
De al
pt
● Hold the condition described in step
g n
4) for 30 seconds. Test the amount
o
of oil leakage for one minute.
in ti
Purging Steps
Item to Be Purged
1 2 3 4 5 6
Hydraulic Engine Oil Cylin- Swing Travel Operation
Job Description Pump Starting der Motor Motor Starting
● Changing the hydraulic oil
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
● Cleaning the filter element
(Note) (Note)
● Replacing the return filter element ○ ○
● Repairing/replacing the hydraulic
pump ○ ○ ○ ○
.
● Disassembling the suction hose
De al
pt
● Repairing/replacing the control valve ○ ○ ○
● Replacing the oil cylinder
○ ○ ○
g n
● Disassembling the cylinder piping
● Replacing the swing motor
o
○ ○ ○
● Disassembling the swing motor
in ti
Note:
n
Purge air from the swing motor and travel motor only when the oil in the motor cases is drained.
rk er
.
De al
● For an excavator whose hydraulic oil has been changed or which has been in storage for a long
pt
period of time, slowly operate the boom, arm and bucket cylinders in full stroke at low engine
speed under zero load in order to purge the air. Immediate pressurization and loaded operation
g n
after change of oil should be avoided.
o
3. Bleeding air from swing motor
in ti
D. Loosen the bleeder plug (1) and make sure that oil oozes through the plug.
E. If you are sure of the leak, tighten the plug (1).
Bleeder plug: 27.5 - 35.3 Nm {2.8 - 3.6 kgm}
Ma t
In
tE.
PAD nal
eGp
ng o
i
tKi t
司
公
销
营
a
AkNe rn
e
BLMaInt
r
tE.
DG al
ep
gA no
i
tKi t
nP
司
公
销
营
a
kNe rn
aAr et
BLM In
Troubleshooting
.
7 Troubleshooting
De al
pt
7.1 Checks before Troubleshooting ............................................................................... 7-5
7.2 Failure Symptoms and Troubleshooting Codes ....................................................... 7-6
g n
7.3 Connector Location and Electrical Circuit Diagram ................................................. 7-9
o
7.3.1 Connector location layout ............................................................................ 7-13
in ti
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
7 TROUBLESHOOTING
WARNING
● Stop the machine on a level ground, and check that lock pins, blocks, and parking
brake are effective.
● When carrying out the operation with two or more workers, keep strictly to the agreed
signals, and do not allow any unauthorized person to come near.
● If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, hot coolant may spurt out and
cause burns, so wait for the engine to cool down before starting troubleshooting.
● Be extremely careful not to touch any hot parts or to get caught in any rotating parts.
.
De al
● When disconnecting wiring, always disconnect the negative (–) terminal of the battery
pt
first.
● When removing the plug or cap from a location which is under pressure from oil, water,
g n
or air, always release the internal pressure fi rst. When installing measuring equipment,
o
be sure to connect it properly.
in ti
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the fault, to carry out repairs swiftly,
营
销
公
司
When carrying out troubleshooting, important point is to understand the structure and function.
n
However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator various questions to form
rk er
some idea of possible causes of the fault that would produce the reported symptoms.
1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components. If compo-
nents are disassembled immediately any fault occurs:
Ma t
● Parts that have no connection with the fault or other unnecessary parts will be disassembled.
In
.
De al
problem with the method of operation, etc.
pt
When operating the machine to reenact the troubleshooting symptoms, do not carry out any
investigation or measurement that may make the problem worse.
g n
5. Troubleshooting
o
Use the results of the investigation and inspection in Items 2 – 4 to narrow down the causes
in ti
of fault, then use the troubleshooting flowchart to locate the position of the fault exactly.
● The basic procedure for troubleshooting is as follows.
营
销
公
司
cur again. To prevent this, always investigate why the problem occurred. Then, remove the
root cause.
In
.
8. Check dust indicator for clogging — Clean or replace
De al
9. Check hydraulic filter — Replace
pt
10. Check final drive oil level
g n — Add oil
—
mechanical Electrical equipment
and wiring
3. Check for looseness, corrosion of start motor terminal —
营
销
公
司
Tighten or replace
and wiring
et a
equipment
.
some time to start up the engine)
De al
pt
5 Engine misfires. E-1
Color of exhaust gas is too dark.(Incomplete com-
6
bustion)
g n
7 Engine pickup is poor.
o
8 Engine runs rough or is unstable. E-2
in ti
11
haust gas is blue
n
Troubleshooting
No. Symptom Code dis-
E mode H mode (Engine)
played
Work equipment-related failure
23 All the equipment do not work E-7
24 Cylinder do not work singly H-9
25 Drift of cylinder is too large H-10
26 Work equipment time lag is too big H-11
Other work equipment moves, when specific
27 H-12
work equipment is relieved
28 Boom-up speed or power is low. E-8 H-6
.
29 Arm speed or power is low. E-9 H-7
De al
30 Bucket speed or power is low. E-10 H-8
pt
g n Travel-related failure
31 Travel speed or power is low. E-11 H-15
32 Dual Speed Travel Not Functioning E-14
o
33 Machine tends to swerve while in travel H-14
in ti
H-17
et a
stopping swinging
In
Troubleshooting
No. Symptom Code dis-
E mode H mode (Engine)
played
Monitor panel-related failure
43 Monitor display is blank. E-12
44 Monitor displays nothing. E-13
Engine coolant temperature reading is incor-
45 E-15
rect.
46 Fuel level reading is incorrect. E-16
47 Arm-in pilot pressure reading is incorrect. E-18
48 Arm-out pilot pressure reading is incorrect. E-19
49 Boom-up pilot pressure reading is incorrect. E-20
.
Boom-down pilot pressure reading is incor-
De al
50 E-21
rect.
pt
Bucket-close pilot pressure reading is incor-
51 E-22
rect.
g n
Bucket-open pilot pressure reading is incor-
52 E-23
o
rect.
53 Swing pilot pressure reading is incorrect. E-24
in ti
55 E-26
et a
rect.
Other failure
n
Num-
Stereo-
Connector No. Type ber of Component
gram
pins
CN-101M A 2 Platform lamp E-5
CN-102M S 1 Fuel level sensor F-6
CN-104M A 2 Boom lamp (L) E-7
CN-105M A 2 Boom lamp (R) E-7
T-117 Terminal 1 High-temp switch K-7
T-101 Terminal 1 Battery relay coil (+) M-2
.
T-102 Terminal 1 Battery relay coil (-) M-2
De al
T-103 Terminal 1 Battery relay contact (output) M-2
pt
T-104 g n Terminal 1 Battery relay contact (input) M-2
T-105 Terminal 1 Preheater fuse line 21# M-2
T-106 Terminal 1 Preheater fuse line 16# M-2
o
T-118 Terminal 1 Battery ground M-2
in ti
Num-
Stereo-
Connector No. Type ber of Component
gram
pins
F-503 Terminal 1 Intermediate connector R-6
F-504 Terminal 1 Intermediate connector R-6
F-505 Terminal 1 Intermediate connector R-6
F-506 Terminal 1 Intermediate connector R-6
F-507 Terminal 1 Intermediate connector R-6
F-508 Terminal 1 Intermediate connector R-6
F-509 Terminal 1 Intermediate connector R-6
CN-502F D 12 Intermediate connector R-5
.
CN-1-110 D 6 Intermediate connector AD-6
De al
CN-1-112F 3 3 Intermediate connector W-6
pt
CN-1-111M g n S 8 Intermediate connector W-6
CN-142M A 35 Monitor P-5
CN-182P S 6 Intermediate connector I-7
o
CN-155M S 6 Intermediate connector J-7
in ti
Num-
Stereo-
Connector No. Type ber of Component
gram
pins
CN-303M H 8 Work lamp switch R-6
CN-305M H 8 Washer switch R-6
CN-304M H 8 Wiper switch R-6
CN-104M A 2 Horn switch R-6
CN-003F S 12 Air conditioner W-4
CN-150F AMP 2 Front pump solenoid valve I-7
CN-151F AMP 2 Rear pump solenoid valve I-7
CN-135F AMP 2 Boom priority 2 solenoid valve J-6
.
CN-134F AMP 2 Bucket confluence solenoid valve J-6
De al
CN-132F AMP 2 Boom priority 1 solenoid valve J-6
pt
CN-136F g n AMP 2 Pilot solenoid valve J-6
CN-131F AMP 2 High/low travel speed valve J-6
CN-133F AMP 2 Swing priority valve J-6
o
CN-211M AMP 2 Washer motor K-5
in ti
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
De al
pt
6 g no
in ti
5
司
CN-101M
公
销
营
et a
Z
n
rk er
4
Ma t
In
ZX305-1005001
A B C D E F
Fig. 7-1
CN-115M T-135
CN-116M
CN-182P T-110
CN-120M
T-109
CN-121M
CN-122M T-112
CN-123M CN-800F
CN-124M
.
T-107
De al
CN-125M
pt
T-117
CN-126M
CN-128M
g no
F-300
CN-129M
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
CN-211M
rk er
CN-131F
Ma t
CN-132F
CN-133F
In
CN-134F
T-105 T-106
CN-135F T-101
T-102
CN-136F
KB
F-100
T-104
F-101
T-103
T-118
Z T-500
ZX305-1105041
Fig. 7-2
F-506
F-507
8
F-508
F-509
F-501
.
F-502
De al
pt
F-503
F-504
g n
6
o
F-505
in ti
司
公
销
营
5 CN-142M
et a
n
rk er
4
Ma t
In
CN-7-707
3
1
ZX305-1105042
N O P Q R S T
Fig. 7-3
CN-1-111M CN-506F
T-202
CN-502F F-103
K5
CN-1-112F
K6
K2
CN-503F
K4
CN-504M
K3
K7
CN-505F
K9
CN-181M
.
CN-507M
De al
CN-615M
pt
CN-180M
g n
KH
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
CN-616M
PF021
CN-215F
CN-003F
CN-201F
ZX305-1105043
T U V W X Y Z
Fig. 7-4
F-506
F-507
8
F-508
F-509
F-501
7 F-502
.
De al
F-503
pt
F-504
g n
6
F-505
o
in ti
5 CN-142M 营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
4
Ma t
In
CN-7-707
3
1
ZX305-1105042
N O P Q R S T
Fig. 7-5
9
3 3 65 3 3 65
25 F5 5A 21
00A 4 4 00A
5 5 20b F6 10A 21
1 6 6 26 F7 5A
CAN+ 2 CAN+ 7 7
38 F8 20A
20 28
37
7 7 28
37
CAN- 3 8 8 00# 21 8 8
00# 9
CAN-
- 9 66 9 9 66
4 60a 10
61a 11
10 60a 27 F9
10A
21 14 10 10 14
5 11 61a 28 F10
5A
20
60
22
11 11
22
12 12 12 12
6 29 F1120A 21
90
13 13
24V 7 70 F125A 14 14 90
29 21
24V 8 22 90 F13
20A
21
GND 9 00# F145A
10 10A
20
GND 11 00#
100 F15 20 66
12 20b
38
8
CN-204F
(D-12)
24 1 24
1
25 2 25
2
37 3 3 37
14 4 14
4
60
36
5 5 60
36
Charging indicator
6
.
6
35H 35H 60
7 7 14
F-507
33 8 8 33 F-506
De al
50A
35L 9 9 35L 506
1 1
2 2
00A 3
3
7
CN-501F
(A-3) Fuel control dial
35L
35H
pt
37
36
33
72
CN-203M 69
(D-12) 61
69 1 69
62
1 25
2 2 62
61 3 61 14
22
3
4 4 22
13 5 13
5
g no 50A
6
7
8
00A 9
70 10
72 11
6
7
8
9
10
11
50A
00A
70
72
57
00A
00#
6
21
26
0#
24
CN-7-112F 23
(D-3)
in ti
CN-502M 70
To controller circuit CAN+
(D-12)
CN-112M
1
CAN- 1 1
2
2 2
S 57 3 3 57
3
60a 00A 4 4 00A
1 1 00# 5 5 00#
61a 6 6
2 2
7 7
Sunlight sensor CN-7-706M 8 8
(S-2) 营
销
公
司
60a
14 F-509
Preheat indicator 61a
5 69 F-508
et a
14 6 6 14
60 5 5 60
CN-506M
Compressor clutch 57 T-107 (D-8)
n
Servce lamp
Refuel
27 105
4
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
CN-205M
(A-2) 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
105
0 11a 11b 0 11a
610
Ma t
In
F-103 11b
60
Safety 0
relay F-104
Low-temp
21
3 switch
F-105
F-105
12
2 2
CN-505F
T-101 66
TERMINAL B BR ACC R1 R2 C
Start HEAT
OFF
switch ON
START
22 62 13 61 11
1 1
2 2
15 0 20 21
1 2 3 4 5
KB
T-135 T-102 T-116
12 21 14 60 21 22 646563 62 0 64 6365
1 2 3 45 B A P1P2 1 2 3 45
1 2 3 45 Battery relay 1 2 3 45
36
25
11 0 11C 0 35L
T-500 T-501 24 33 25 37 35H 72 70
1 - + - + E E E
Parking relay
CN-503F
(H-8)
CN-507F
(H-8)
CN-505F
(H-8)
CN-508F
(H-8)
Work lamp Washer Wiper Head lamp
Start Chassis Parking
Chassis motor Alternator switch switch switch switch
Chassis motor
ground
ground ground ZX305-1105035
A B C D E F
Fig. 7-6
● This circuit diagram has been compiled by extracting the wiper system and the switch control
systems from the general electrical circuit diagram.
Preheat
controller Horn relay Work lamp relay Head lamp relay Preheater relay CN-124F
(S-6)
50A 1 1
K5 K6 K2 KH 507 2 2 1 Throttle
2
9
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 MT- 3 3 motor
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 3
5 AC-2000
CN-181M
(D-6)
6
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 00A 5 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 33
1 2 3 4 5
31 0 23 32 0 24 34 72 0 70 71 68 14 16 17
14 66 61 0 69 MT+ 6
6
Horn switch
23 31
T-107
8
.
De al
Preheater
T-105 T-106
7
pt
21 16
CN-1-110M
(D-6)
Wiper
35L
35H
37
36
14
g n 0
25
1
2
1
2
3
3
33
72
36
M
o
69 35H
61 4 4
35L
25
MT+
5 5
6
in ti
MT-
507
50A
00A
CN-112M
57
(A-2)
66
0 0
Washer motor
21 1 1
26
0# 营
销
公
司
37 2 2 37 M
24 CN-506F 6
23 (S-16)
et a
70
6
61a
5
20b 0 0
1 1
38 71 77
n
2 2
0 0
1 1
71 77
2 2
CN-150M
R+ (S-8) F-104
1 1 (W-1)
R-
2 2 Horn
4
Ma t
1 1
L+ 3 3
L- 4 4 CN-506M
0# (D-16)
5 5 32
6 6
32
F-103
In
71
6 6 34 16 16
34 (W-1)
0
7 7 1 1
26
8 8
CN-101M
3
Revolving frame
(A-2) work lamp
0
1 1
34
2 2
20b
1 CN-104M Left boom
R+ (A-2) work lamp
L+
2 1 1 0
3 2 2 34
0#
4
20b
5 CN-105M Right boom
R- (A-2)
6 1 1 0
work lamp
L-
CN-107M
7 2 2 34
2
To radio control panel
Radio speaker (R)
57 1
61a
0 57 4 Radio speaker (L)
60a
1 2
5
CN-109M 0#
6 Cab lamp
0
1 0
38
7 1
26 26
2 2
8
1
38
CN-207F
To A/C control panel
G H I J K L
CN-616M
(AMP-81)
1 00#
2 42
5
509
11
13
15
108B
19
510
30
8 31
34
511
108A
38
508
48
200
L. travel pilot pressure 49 50
204
Bkt-dump pilot pressure 50
207 00
Boom-down pilot pressure 51
202
Arm-out pilot pressure 52 200
502
Rear pump main pressure53
00 201
54 00 202
55 50 203
56 CAN-
58 204
CAN+
60 208
11C
.
65 201 207
7
R. travel pilot pressure 67
De al
208
Swing pilot pressure
68 206
205
Bkt-dig pilot pressure 69 206 205
Boom-up pilot pressure 70
203 602
pt
Arm-in pilot pressure
71 501
Front pump main pressure72 603
00
73 50 604
74 50
75 607
CAN+
77 CAN- 608
78 702
g n80 703
501
502
6
o
508
509
510
511
in ti
CN-615M 108A
(AMP-40)
607
82
83
610 108B
611
84 702
27
88 公
司
0
703 营
销
89
608 42
98
604
5
et a
99
602
100
603
101
105
113
00#
114
n
00#
115
42
119
42
120
121
rk er
4
Ma t
In
3
TERMINAL
B BRACCR1 R2 C
HEAT
OFF
ON 27
START 42
22 13
13 0 20 21
1 2 3 45
1 2 3 45
KB
Battery relay
A B C A B
T-500 T-107
- +- +
1 CN-112M
(D-3) CN-115M
(D-3)
Battery To monitor circuit
GND 120 Ω
ZX335-1105037
A B C D E F G
Fig. 7-8
● This circuit diagram has been compiled by extracting the pressure collecting system and the
solenoid valve control systems from the general electrical circuit diagram.
CN-120M
9
(DF-3)
50
00
A
B
A
B
L. travel pilot
200 C C pressure sensor
CN-121M
(DF-3)
50 A
00 B
A
B
R. travel pilot
201 C C pressure sensor
CN-122M
(DF-3)
50 A A
00 B B
Arm-out pilot
202 C C pressure sensor
CN-129M
(DF-3)
50
00
A A Arm-in pilot
B B
203 C C pressure sensor
CN-128M
(DF-3)
50 A A
00 Bucket-dump pilot
8
B B
204 C C pressure sensor
CN-123M
50 50
(DF-3)
00
A
B
A
B
Swing pilot
00 208 C C pressure sensor
CN-125M
200 50
(DF-3)
A A
201 00 B B
Boom-down pilot
207 C C pressure sensor
202
.
CN-126M
203 50
(DF-3)
A
De al
A
00 Boom-up pilot
204 206
B B
C C pressure sensor
208 CN-124M
(DF-3)
50
pt
A
207 00 B
A
B
Bucket-dig pilot
205
pressure sensor
7
C C
206 CN-115M
(DF-3)
50
205 00
A
B
A
B
Front pump
501
501 C C pressure sensor
CN-116M
502 50
(DF-3)
602
603
604
g n 00
502
602
A
B
C
A
CN-132F
(AMP-2)
1
B
C
1
Rear pump
pressure sensor
0
Boom priority-1
o
607 2 2
2 2 Swing priority
108B CN-111F prptnl valve
(AMP-2)
27
0
702
0
1
2
1
2 Front pump 5
prptnl valve
n
CN-113F
(AMP-2)
42 703 1 1
0 2 2
Rear pump
508 T-109 prptnl valve
rk er
Engine oil
prsur switch
509 CN-101M
Fuel level
510
T-116
Coolant temp 4
sensor
Ma t
CN-113M
(AMP-2)
511 1 Hyd oil temp
42
2
sensor
CN-125F
In
(S-2)
1 1
108A Engine speed
2 2 108B sensor
1 2 3 4 5
CN-205F
(A-2)
1 2 3 4 5
CN-136F
2
(AMP-2)
1 1
2
2 Pilot valve
1
ZX225-1105038
H I J K L M
Fig. 7-9
.
De al
pt
g no
7222-1424-40 7123-1424-40 (2 pins)
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Fig. 7-10
7-22 Shop Manual - April 2014
SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator Troubleshooting
.
De al
pt
g n
282105-1 282087-1 (3 pins)
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
Fig. 7-11
7.3.6 DT connectors
DT06-2S DT04-2P
A
A B
B
.
De al
pt
g n C C
DT06-3S DT04-3P (3 pins)
o
in ti
1 6 6 1
5
司
2
公
5
销
营
2
et a
3 4 4 3
n
5 8
8 5
Ma t
In
1 4 4 1
DT06-8S DT04-8P (8 pins)
12 7 7 12
1 6 6 1
DT06-12S DT04-12P (12 pins)
W365-130710
Fig. 7-12
.
E324 Arm-in pilot pressure abnormal ........................................................................... 7-34
De al
E325 Arm-out pilot pressure abnormal ......................................................................... 7-35
pt
E326 Boom-up pilot pressure abnormal ....................................................................... 7-36
g n
E327 Boom-down pilot pressure abnormal .................................................................. 7-37
o
E328 Left travel pilot pressure abnormal ...................................................................... 7-38
E329 Right travel pilot pressure abnormal ................................................................... 7-39
in ti
E434 Front pump proportional solenoid current abnormal (A) ..................................... 7-42
n
E435 Rear pump proportional solenoid current abnormal (A) ...................................... 7-43
rk er
E436 Front pump proportional solenoid current abnormal (B) ..................................... 7-44
E437 Rear pump proportional solenoid current abnormal (B) ...................................... 7-45
E543 Engine speed abnormal ...................................................................................... 7-46
Ma t
.
De al
1
pt
2 <Inclusion>
Possible causes and standard values
3
g n • Standard value under normal condition can be used to judge pos-
sible causes
o
4
• Reference for passing the above "Good" or "No Good" judgement
in ti
Possible causes
of trouble (Given 司
公
erence numbers,
which do not in- • Open circuit
n
dicate priority) Faulty contact with connector or open circuit in wiring harness
rk er
5
• Faulty grounding
An ungrounded wiring is grounded.
Ma t
• Short circuit
In
This is part of the circuit diagram which shows the portion where the failure occurred.
● Connector No.: A connector number Indicates a connector.
● Arrow: An arrow roughly indicates the installing location.
.
De al
Alternator switch to the START position for trouble shooting.
2
abnormal
pt
Measure between alternator terminal B and ground. Volt Around 28 V
3
g no
4
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
Start switch
n
TERMINAL B BR ACC R1 R2 C
rk er
HEAT
OFF
ON
START
Ma t
13
In
Charging indicator
G
14 R L 60
B E
- + - +
Battery relay 0 Alternator 0
Safety relay
M
C B
S Start motor
S R
E
E
13 11b 0
0 Delay relay 0
ZX225-1105002
Fig. 7-13
.
Between Ĺ and ļ of CN-124M Resistance 12.2ȍ
Possible causes and standard values
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
pt
2 Open circuit of har- Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
ness Unplug the controller and measure the resistance
g no
between the pins 32 and 33.
Resistance 12.2ȍ
ing.
et a
4 (Except for the above reasons, the controller must be replaced in case of
controller
failure.)
rk er
5
Ma t
In
Controller
CN-124M Throttle motor
50A# Green
Sensor 25 1 1
507# White
Throttle feedback volt 7 2 2
MT- Red
MT- 33 3 3 M
GND 4 4
16
00A Yellow
5 5
MT+ 32
MT+ Blue
6 6
ZX225-1105001
Fig. 7-14
.
Failure of sen-
De al
position to perform troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard values
1
sor
pt
Between CN-113M ķ and ground Voltage 0.2-4.75V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
g n 2
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
harness
Under 1 :
o
Between CN-113M ķ and pin 21 of controller Resistance
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
in ti
5
Ma t
CN-115F
0#
In
1 1
240 ohms
Controller
2 2
511 Signal
Hyd oil temp sensor 21 1 1
2 2 24V PWR
24V PWR
ZX225-1105016
Fig. 7-15
.
power supply
De al
Possible causes and standard values
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
g n
Open circuit of
signal line Between CN-151M C and pin 29 of controller Under 1ȍ
Resistance
o
Between CN-115M B and ground Under 1ȍ
in ti
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
3 of signal line Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
(grounded)
司
5
Ma t
In
50#
5V PWR 12 A 5V
ZX225-1105003
Fig. 7-16
.
Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
De al
Failure of 5V
1 while troubleshooting is performed.
power supply
pt
Possible causes and standard values
3 of signal line
et a
5
In
ZX225-1105004
Fig. 7-17
.
Failure of 5V
1
De al
power supply troubleshooting is performed.
Possible causes and standard values
pt
Between CN-124M A and B Voltage About 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
g n
Open circuit
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2 Under 1 :
o
of signal line Between CN-124M C and pin 10 of controller
Resistance
Between CN-124M B and ground Under 1 :
in ti
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
3 of signal line Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
营
销
公
司
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
n
Failure of the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
4 troubleshooting is performed.
rk er
sensor
Between CN-124M C and ground Voltage 0.5±0.2V
5
Ma t
In
ZX225-1105005
Fig. 7-18
.
De al
Failure of 5V the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
1
pt
power supply troubleshooting is performed.
Possible causes and standard values
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
Failure of sen- the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
rk er
4 troubleshooting is performed.
sor
Between CN-128M C and ground Voltage 0.5±0.2V
Ma t
5
In
ZX225-1105006
Fig. 7-19
.
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
pt
Failure of 5V the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
1 troubleshooting is performed.
power supply
Possible causes and standard values
Failure of the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
4 troubleshooting is performed.
sensor
Between CN-129M C and ground Voltage 0.5±0.2V
Ma t
In
Arm-in pilot
Controller CN-129M press. sensor
203#
Arm-in pilot pressure 35 C Signal
signal collecting port
00#
GND 11 B GND
50#
5V PWR 12 A 5V
ZX225-1105007
Fig. 7-20
.
De al
Failure of 5V Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
1 while troubleshooting is performed.
pt
power supply
Possible causes and standard values
5
In
50#
5V PWR 12 A 5V
ZX225-1105008
Fig. 7-21
.
the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
De al
Failure of 5V
1 troubleshooting is performed.
power supply
pt
Possible causes and standard values
3 of signal line
et a
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
Failure of the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
rk er
4 troubleshooting is performed.
sensor
Between CN-126M C and ground Voltage 0.5±0.2V
Ma t
5
In
ZX225-1105009
Fig. 7-22
.
De al
Failure of 5V Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
1 while troubleshooting is performed.
pt
power supply
Possible causes and standard values
5
In
ZX225-1105010
Fig. 7-23
.
De al
Failure of 5V the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
1 troubleshooting is performed.
pt
power supply
Possible causes and standard values
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
Failure of sen- the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
rk er
4 troubleshooting is performed.
sor
Between CN-120M C and ground Voltage 0.5±0.2V
Ma t
5
In
ZX225-1105011
Fig. 7-24
.
Failure of 5V the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
De al
1 troubleshooting is performed.
power supply
pt
Possible causes and standard values
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
3 of signal line Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
营
销
公
司
et a
Failure of sen- the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
4 troubleshooting is performed.
rk er
sor
Between CN-121M C and ground Voltage 0.5±0.2V
5
Ma t
In
ZX225-1105012
Fig. 7-25
.
the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
De al
Failure of 5V
1 troubleshooting is performed.
power supply
pt
Possible causes and standard values
3 of signal line
et a
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
Failure of sen- the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
4
rk er
5
In
ZX225-1105013
Fig. 7-26
Failure of Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position and then keep it in the ON position
.
De al
1 5V power to perform troubleshooting.
pt
source Between CN-155M ķ and Ļ Volt About 5V
g n Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Kee the
Open circuit switch in the OFF position to perform troubleshooting.
2
of signal
Between CN-155M ĸ and the controller port pin 7 Under 1ȍ
o
line Resistance
Between CN-155M Ļ and ground Under 1ȍ
in ti
Short cuit of Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Kee the
3 switch in the OFF position to perform troubleshooting.
signal line 营
销
公
司
ZX225-1105045
Fig. 7-27
.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
De al
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
pt
Open circuit of
1
Possible causes and standard values
3 portional valve
et a
4 (Except for the above reasons, the controller must be replaced in case of
troller
this failure.)
5
Ma t
In
Controller
CN-150F Front pump SV
702# Signal
Front pump SV 28 1
signal output port
0#
GND 3 2 GND
ZX225-1105014
Fig. 7-28
.
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
pt
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Open circuit of
1
Possible causes and standard values
3 portional valve
coil Unplug the connector CN-113F, and measure the
Resistance 17.5ȍ
n
5
In
Controller
0#
GND 3 2 GND
ZX225-1105015
Fig. 7-29
.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
De al
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Open circuit of
pt
1
harness Between CN-150F ķ and pin 28 of controller Under 1ȍ
Possible causes and standard values
Resistance
Between CN-150F ĸ and ground Under 1ȍ
g n
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
o
2 of harness Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
(grounded) Between CN-150F ķ and wire 0# Resistance Above 1Mȍ
in ti
ĸ.
No troubleshooting can be done for failure occurs in the inner of controller.
rk er
Failure of con-
4 (Except for the above reasons, the controller must be replaced in case of
troller
this failure.)
Ma t
5
In
Controller
CN-150F Front pump SV
702# Signal
Front pump SV 28 1
signal output port
0#
GND 3 2 GND
ZX225-1105014
Fig. 7-30
.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
De al
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Open circuit of
pt
1
harness Between CN-151F ķ and pin 17of controller Under 1ȍ
Possible causes and standard values
Resistance
Between CN-151F ĸ and ground Under 1ȍ
g n
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
o
2 of harness Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
(grounded) Between CN-151F ķ and wire 0# Resistance Above 1Mȍ
in ti
ĸ
No troubleshooting can be done for failure occurs in the inner of controller.
rk er
Failure of con-
4 (Except for the above reasons, the controller must be replaced in case of
troller
this failure.)
Ma t
5
In
Controller
0#
GND 3 2 GND
ZX225-1105015
Fig. 7-31
.
1
De al
tion turned from the OFF position to the ON position.
Possible causes and standard values
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Open circuit of
2
g n
harness Between CN-125M ķ and pin 16 of controller
Resistance
Under 1ȍ
Between CN-125M ĸ and pin 6 of controller Under 1ȍ
o
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
in ti
sensor.
5
Ma t
In
Controller
108B
GND 6 2 GND
ZX225-1105017
Fig. 7-32
Failure code Fuel control dial setting voltage is abnormal and engine
Failure symptom
E544 returns auto deceleration.
When power is on, voltage of fuel control dial other than 0.25-4.75V lasts for over
Failure description
200 msec.
Controller reaction Throttle is moved to idle position.
Symptom on machine Engine returns auto deceleration.
.
1 ON position while troubleshooting is performed.
De al
failure
CN-501F Ľ and Ŀ Volt About 5V
pt
Possible causes and standard values
Open circuit Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in the
2 OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
of signal
g n
line
o
CN-501F ľ and controller pin19 Resistance Under 1ȍ
Short cir- Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in the
3 cuit of OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
in ti
signal line
(grounded) CN-501F ľ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
司
公
销
营
Short circuit Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in the
et a
tact with
CN-501F ľ and ground Volt Under 5V
rk er
power sup-
ply)
Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in the
5 OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Ma t
Dial failure
Unplug connector CN-501F and measure fuel con-
Resistance 5K±15%ȍ
In
Red Fuel
9 9
506#
GND 16 4 4 9 9 control
Blue dial
2 2 0#
Fuel control dial 19 5 5 8 8
setting voltage
Operator station
ZX225-1105018
Fig. 7-33
Shop Manual - April 2014 7-47
Troubleshooting SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
Failure code
Failure symptom Abnormality of CAN bus activates alarm.
E145
Failure description Time-out of CAN bus communication lasts for over 3s.
Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in the
CAN re- OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
1 sistance
.
Between CN-7-709 A and B Resistance 60ȍ
De al
failure
Between CN-185 A and B Resistance 60ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn the start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in the
OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
g n
Open circuit Unplug controller connector and measure pin
2 Under 1ȍ
o
of Harness 12 and CN-7-112 A.
Resistance
Unplug controller connector and measure pin
in ti
Under 1ȍ
11 and CN-7-112 B.
Control- 销
公
司
No troubleshooting can be done for failure occurs in the inner of controller. (Except
营
3 ler internal
et a
for the above reasons, the controller must be replaced in case of this failure.)
failure
n
rk er
CN-185M CN-7-709M
A A
120 ohms 120 ohms
Controller B B
Ma t
CN-7-112F CANH
CANH 12 A 35
In
CANL
CANL 11 B 12
42
Monitor
CN-7-113M 5
F11 15A CN222F
43 24
4 1
0
7 2 11
F13 10A CN-221M 0
9 31
21 20
PWR PWR
ZX335-1005040
Fi
Fig. 77-34
30
.
E-9 Arm speed or power is low .................................................................................... 7-62
De al
pt
E-10 Bucket speed or power is low ............................................................................. 7-63
E-11 Travel speed or power is low............................................................................... 7-65
g n
E-12 Blank monitor display .......................................................................................... 7-66
o
E-13 Monitor displays nothing ..................................................................................... 7-67
in ti
.
De al
pt
<Inclusion>
Possible causes and standard values
1
et a
● Faulty grounding
An ungrounded wiring is grounded.
Ma t
● Short circuit
In
Internal fail- ★ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
2 ure of engine it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
.
Possible causes and standard values
≥ 1M Ω
De al
start switch OFF position: between wire 22# and wire 11# Resistance
pt
★ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Failure of pilot Lockout control in unlocked position: between
3
switch
g n 105 # and 27# wire
≤1 Ω
Resistance
Lockout control in locked position: between wire
o
≥1M Ω
105 # and wire 27#
in ti
★ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Keep the engine running during
troubleshooting. (When all power supplies, grounding, signal and engine
inputs are normal except engine output, it is the failure of start motor)
营
销
公
司
Start
Between start motor input terminal S and ground 20—30V
rk er
★ Turn engine start switch to OFF position before proceeding. Turn it to the
ON position to perform troubleshooting.
Open circuit Wire 21# and start motor terminal B ≤1 Ω
5
of harness
≤1 Ω
Ma t
Short circuit
7 of harness Start relay terminal S and ground ≥1M Ω
(grounded) Resistance
Start motor input terminal S and ground ≥1M Ω
★ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
Internal failure
8 troubleshooting is performed.
of alternator
Alternator terminal R and ground Voltage ≤ 1.5V
★ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Move it to ON position when
.
De al
performing troubleshooting.
9 Start relay
≥ 300 Ω
pt
Between relay coils
Resistance
Between start relay terminal B and line 11# ≤1 Ω
★ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Turn
g n the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while
Failure of
o
10 troubleshooting is performed.
parking unit Check parking relay —
in ti
Resistance
Measure resistance of motor coil. Approx 63 Ω
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
21 16 2 1 17
F13-160A 14 4 3 GR-1 GLOW PLUG
Preheat
TERMINAL B BR ACC R1 R2 C 61
1
68 relay
3 4
HEAT 66 69
2 6
OFF 5 HL2
ON Low-temp switch PReheat indicator
START 0 Preheater R0
Preheat controller
S0 22 62 61 11
Start switch 64
897044-4180 13 3 6 65
5 A
B
1 2 63 P2
E3 P1 E
k7
Parking relay 0 HLR Charging indicator
Parking motor
22 G
14 60
.
14 R L
De al
F1-20A P600G B E
F2-10A
0
E2
pt
Engine
20 21
B1
g n B2 Safety relay
M1 B
C B 12 M
S
k1 11 11a 11b S R 60
- + - +
o
E
Battery E
0 Start motor
relay 620
k11 0
k3 k3 Start relay
in ti
Lockout relay
0 0
0
27 606
BAT-1 Battery
销
公
司
F7-10A 105
营
0
k-8 Shutdown relay
rk er
ZX225-1105020
Fig. 7-35
Ma t
In
Resistance 2.3±0.2 Kȍ
the resistance between pin 16 and pin 7.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in
.
Internal failure the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
De al
in sensor
Between CN-125M A and B Resistance 2.3±0.2 Kȍ
pt
Short circuit Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it in
the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
g n
of harness
(grounded) Between CN-125M A and ground Resistance Above 1Mȍ
o
Internal failure No troubleshooting can be done due to internal failure. (Failure lies in the control-
4
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
5
n
rk er
Controller HCU_J1
CN-125M
Ma t
GND 7 B GND
ZX225-1105021
Fig. 7-36
Failure of battery When the engine start switch is operated, if the operation of battery relay con-
1
relay tact is heard, the battery is normal. Turn the start switch OFFĺONĺOFF.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
values
.
De al
pt
3
g no
21 16 2 1 17
in ti
61
1
68 relay
3 4
HEAT 66 69
et a
2 6
OFF 5 HL2
ON PReheat indicator
n
Low-temp switch
START 0 Preheater R0
Preheat controller
S0 22 62 61 11
rk er
Start switch 64
897044-4180 13 3 6 65
5 A
B
1 2 63 P2
E3 P1 E
Ma t
k7
Parking relay 0 HLR Charging indicator
Parking motor
In
22 G
14 14 R L 60
F1-20A P600G B E
F2-10A
0
21 E2 Engine
20
B1
B2 Safety relay
M1 B
C B 12 M
S
k1 11 11a 11b S R 60
- + - + E
Battery E
0 Start motor
relay 620
k11 0
k3 Lockout relay k3 Start relay
0 0
0
27 606
BAT-1 Battery
F7-10A 105
SQ1 Pilot switch
D-1
K4 Pilot valve relay 0 VA7
15 15a 22 0
Pilot solenoid valve
D-10 0
k-8 Shutdown relay
ZX225-1105020
Fig. 7-37
ure. The monitor shows failure code 41. Coolant temperature and oil level are normal.
Ɣ Turn he start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while trouble-
Sensor shooting is performed.
.
2 power
De al
abnormal Measure the voltage between motor plug, 50# wire
Volt 5.0V
pt
and ground.
g n Unplug the connector of the harness between throttle motor and chassis.
Throttle Measure the resistance between the blue and red
8~15ȍ
3 motor wires.
o
failure Resistance
Measure the resistance between the yellow and
5kȍ ± 10%
in ti
green wires.
Throttle Ɣ Turn he start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position while trouble-
shooting is performed.
司
公
销
4 motor
营
et a
failure The monitor shows failure codes 41, 12, 13, 14 and 32.
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
Possible causes and standard values
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Start the engine and keep it run-
De al
ning to perform troubleshooting.
Error of boom-
pt
2
down signal Levers in NEUTRAL, pressure signal transmitted 0 KG
Pressure
Lever in operation, pressure signal transmitted 0-39 KG
g n
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Start the engine and keep it run-
o
ning to perform troubleshooting.
Error of arm-in
3
in ti
signal Levers in NEUTRAL, pressure signal transmitted 0 KG
Pressure
Lever in operation, pressure signal transmitted 0-39 KG
司
公
销
营
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Start the engine and keep it run-
et a
Pressure
Lever in operation, pressure signal transmitted 0-39 KG
rk er
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Start the engine and keep it run-
ning to perform troubleshooting.
Error of bucket-
5
dig signal Levers in NEUTRAL, pressure signal transmitted 0 KG
Ma t
Pressure
Lever in operation, pressure signal transmitted 0-39 KG
In
.
De al
Ɣ urn engine start switch to OFF position. Start the engine and keep it
pt
running to perform troubleshooting.
Levers in NEUTRAL, pressure signal
8 Error of travel 0 KG
g n
signal
transmitted
Pressure
Lever in operation, pressure signal
o
0-39 KG
transmitted
in ti
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Start the engine and keep it
running to perform troubleshooting.
司
公
9 0 KG
et a
0-39 KG
transmitted
rk er
Failure of con- No troubleshooting can be done for it is internal failure. (If it is not caused
10
troller by one of the factors listed above, it should be the failure of controller.)
Ma t
In
.
heat relay
De al
HEATĺOFFĺHEAT.
pt
Short circuit
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
3 of harness
it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
g n
(grounded)
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
o
it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
in ti
ler Resistance
Between preheat controller pin 1# and preheat relay
n
Under 1ȍ
wire 14#
rk er
HEAT F13-160A 14 4 3
START 66 2 6 69
20 21
S0 Low temp SW
5 HL2 - + - +
14 k1
Batt. relay
11 F2-10A
0
F1-20A
20
Control switch harness Cab harness Chassis harness
ZX225-1005039
Fig. 7-38
.
FREE Above 1Mȍ
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
pt
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
wire (grounded)
Between 105# and ground Resistance Above 1Mȍ
g n Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Failure of coil
o
3 inside lockout Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
solenoid valve Between CN-136F 1 and 2 Resistance About 34ȍ
in ti
4 营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
1 2 3 4 5
Ma t
1 2 3 4 5
0
105 27
In
CN-302M CN-136F
105 CN-201F CN-205F (D-12) (AMP-2)
(D-12) 606 606 1
1
1 4 0
Pilot 8 0 2
switch 2 10
27
+24V
ZX225-1005040
Fig. 7-39
.
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit
pt
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2 of harness
(grounded) Between harness ( from controller pin 8 to CN- Above
Resistance
g n 126M A) and ground 1Mȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
o
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
harness
in ti
206#
Boom-up pilot pressure 8 C Signal
signal collecting port
00#
11 B GND
GND
Ma t
50#
12 A 5V
In
5V PWR
ZX225-1105009
Fig. 7-40
sensor 0 KG
signals Pressure
Levers in operation, arm-in and dump pressure signal 0-39 KG
.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it
De al
in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
pt
Short circuit
2 of harness Between harness (from controller pin 35 to CN-
(grounded) 129M A) and ground
Resistance Above 1Mȍ
g n Between harness (from controller pin 22 to CN-
122M A) and ground
o
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep it
in ti
Failure of No troubleshooting can be done due to internal failure. (Failure lies in the control-
4
controller ler if the reasons above are ruled out)
n
rk er
A Signal
Ma t
B GND
In
C 5V
Controller
ZX225-1105022
Fig. 7-41
.
signals
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
pt
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Short circuit
Between harness (from controller pin 10 to CN-
2
g n of harness
124M A) and ground
(grounded) Resistance Above 1Mȍ
o
Between harness (from controller pin 33 to CN-
128M A) and ground
in ti
A Signal
B GND
C 5V
Controller
.
press. sensor
De al
Sensor GND 11 B GND
pt
Sensor 5V 12 C 5V
g n
Bucket confluence 27
signal
o
CN-134F Bucket confluence
(AMP-2) Proportional valve
in ti
1 Signal
司
公
销
营
et a
2 GND
n
rk er
ZX225-1105023
Ma t
Fig. 7-42
In
1 0 KG
sor signals
Pressure
Levers in operation, left and right travel pressure
0-39 KG
.
signals
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
pt
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Short circuit
Between harness (from controller pin 34 to CN-
g n2 of harness
120M A) and ground Above
(grounded) Resistance
1Mȍ
o
Between harness (from controller pin 30 to CN-
121M A) and ground
in ti
Failure of con- No troubleshooting can be done due to internal failure. (Failure lies in the
4
troller controller if the reasons above are ruled out)
rk er
CN-121M
R. travel press. sensor
(DF-3)
Ma t
A Signal
In
B GND
C 5V
Controller
HCU_J2
CN-120M
R. travel press. sensor L. travel press. sensor
30 (DF-3)
L. travel press. sensor 34 A Signal
Sensor 5V 12 C 5V
HCU_J1
Failure information Monitor display is blank after the machine is powered on.
Related information
Voltage
Between wire 43# and ground About 24V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
.
it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
De al
Open circuit Between CN-7-113M pin 1 and CN-222F pin 4 Under 1ȍ
pt
2
of harness
g n Between CN-7-113M pin 2 and CN-222F pin 7 Resistance Under 1ȍ
Between CN-7-113M pin 9# and ground Under 1ȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
o
it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
in ti
Short circuit
Between harness (from CN-7-113M pin 1 to CN-
3 of harness Above 1Mȍ
222F pin 4 and ground
(grounded) 营
销
公
司
Resistance
Between harness (from CN-7-113M pin 2 to CN-
Above 1Mȍ
et a
4
monitor one of the factors listed above, it should be the failure of monitor.)
rk er
CN-185M CN-7-709M
A A
Ma t
CANH
CANH 12 A 35
11 CANL
CANL B 12
Monitor
42
CN-7-113M 5
F11 15A CN-222F 43
4 1 24
F13 10A 0
7 2 11
CN-221M
0 31
9
21 20
PWR PWR
ZX335-1005050
Fig. 7-44
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Open circuit
.
2
De al
of harness Between CN-7-112F pin A and controller pin 12 Under 1ȍ
Resistance
pt
Between CN-7-112F pin B and controller pin 11 Under 1ȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting. Keep
g n it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Short circuit
Between harness (from CN-7-112F pin A to con-
o
3 of harness Above 1Mȍ
troller pin 12) and ground
(grounded) Resistance
in ti
Failure of
No troubleshooting can be done for it is internal failure. (If it is not one of the
et a
4 monitor or
failures stated above, it should be the failure of monitor or controller.)
controller
n
rk er
CN-185M CN-7-709M
A A
120 ohms 120 ohms
B B
Ma t
Controller HCU-J2
CN-7-112F
CANH
CANH 12 A 35
In
11 CANL
CANL B 12
Monitor
42
CN-7-113M 5
F11 15A CN-222F 43
4 1 24
F13 10A 0
7 2 11
CN-221M
0 31
9
21 20
PWR PWR
ZX335-1005050
Fig. 7-45
Failure of dual Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
1 speed travel Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
solenoid valve Between CN-131F A and B Resistance About 34ȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
Open circuit
.
2
De al
of harness Between CN-131F pin A and controller pin 7 Under 1ȍ
Resistance
pt
Between CN-131F pin B and controller pin 3 Under 1ȍ
g n Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3 of harness
Between harness (from CN-131F pin A to con-
o
(grounded) Resistance Above 1Mȍ
troller pin 7) and ground
in ti
4
司
公
销
营
Controller
et a
solenoid valve
GND 3 B GND
Ma t
In
ZX225-1105025
Fig. 7-46
Failure of cool-
1 ant temperature 80ć 48.5±4.2ȍ
sensor
100ć 26.7±2.5ȍ
.
110ć 20ȍ
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
pt
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
g n lead
Between wire 510# and controller pin 32 Resistance Under 1ȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
o
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
lead (grounded)
in ti
4
24V circuit
et a
Controller
Ma t
510
In
ZX335-1005053
Fig. 7-47
Failure information Engine fuel level sensor cannot correctly reÀect current fuel level.
Related information Fuel level can be checked on the monitor.
.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
De al
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
pt
lead
Between wire 509# and controller pin 17 Resistance Under 1ȍ
Short circuit of Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
g n Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3 lead (ground-
o
ed) Between wire 509# and ground Resistance Above 1Mȍ
in ti
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Lead short to Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
4
24V
司
公
销
营
Controller
rk er
Ma t
509
Fuel level sensor 17
In
ZX335-1005054
Fig. 7-48
.
De al
Between CN-403F 1 and CN-1-110 2 Under 1ȍ
Open circuit of
pt
2 Between wiper switch wire 35L# and
lead Under 1ȍ
g n CN-1-110M 5 Resistance
Between wiper switch wire 35L# and
Under 1ȍ
CN-1-110M 4
o
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of
in ti
Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3 lead (ground-
ed) Harness from CN-403F 1 to CN-1-110M
Resistance Above 1Mȍ
2 short to ground
营
销
公
司
et a
4
n
rk er
Wiper switch
CN-401F CN-204M CN-1-110M 25
(D-12) (D-12) CN-203F (D-6)
Ma t
2 2 (D-12)
F5 5A 36 2 2 36
In
6 6 6 35L 35L M
25 12 3 3
35H 35H
7 7 4 4
CN-403M
(D-12) 5 5
1
21
PWR
Operator station
ZX225-1005049
Fig. 7-49
1
power supply
Between CN-129M ķ and Ĺ Voltage Approx. 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
signal line
.
Between CN-129M ĸ and controller pin 35 Resistance Under 1ȍ
De al
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
pt
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
signal line
Between CN-129M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
g n
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
o
Failure of sen- Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
4
sor
Between CN-129M ĸ and ground Voltage 0.5V- 4.5V
in ti
5 营
销
公
司
et a
n
Controller
CN-129M
rk er
Arm in
(DF-3) pressure sensor
Arm in
35 2 Signal
pressure sensor
Ma t
Sensor 5V
In
12 1 5V
ZX225-1105026
Fig. 7-50
1
power supply
Between CN-122M ķ and Ĺ Voltage About 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
signal line
.
De al
Between CN-122M ĸ and controller pin 22 Resistance Under 1ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
signal line
g n Between CN-122M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
o
Failure of sen- Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
4
sor
in ti
5
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Controller
CN-122M Arm out
(DF-3) pressure sensor
Ma t
Arm out
22 2 Signal
pressure sensor
In
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105027
Fig. 7-51
power supply
Between CN-126M ķ and Ĺ Voltage About 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
.
signal line
De al
Between CN-126M ĸ and controller pin 8 Resistance Under 1ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
g nsignal line
o
Between CN-126M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Failure of sen- Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
in ti
5
n
rk er
Controller
Ma t
CN-126M Boom up
(DF-3) pressure sensor
In
Boom up
8 2 Signal
pressure sensor
Sensor GND 11 3 GND
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105028
Fig. 7-52
power supply
Between CN-125M ķ and Ĺ Voltage About 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Open circuit of
.
2 Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
De al
signal line
Between CN-125M ĸ and controller pin 9 Resistance Under 1ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
g n
3
signal line
Between CN-125M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
o
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
in ti
Failure of sen- Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
4 while troubleshooting is performed.
sor
Between CN-125M ĸ and ground
营
销
公
司
5
n
rk er
Controller
Ma t
Boom down
9 2 Signal
pressure sensor
Sensor GND 11 3 GND
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105029
Fig. 7-53
.
2 Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
De al
signal line
Between CN-124M ĸ and controller pin 10 Resistance Under 1ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
g nsignal line
Between CN-124M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
o
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to OFF position. Then, keep it at OFF posi-
Failure of sen- tion to perform troubleshooting.
in ti
4
sor
Between CN-124M ĸ and ground Voltage 0.5V- 4.5V
司
公
销
营
5
et a
n
rk er
Controller
CN-124M Bucket dig
Ma t
pressure sensor
Sensor GND 11 3 GND
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105030
Fig. 7-54
power supply
Between CN-128M ķ and Ĺ Voltage About 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
.
signal line
De al
Between CN-128M ĸ and controller pin 33 Resistance Under 1ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
signal line
g no
Between CN-128M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Failure of sen- Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
in ti
4 while troubleshooting is performed.
sor
Between CN-128M ĸ and ground
营
销
公
司
Voltage 0.5V- 4.5V
et a
5
n
rk er
Controller
Ma t
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105031
Fig. 7-55
power supply
Between CN-123M ķ and Ĺ Voltage About 5V
.
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
De al
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
pt
signal line
Between CN-123M ĸ and controller pin 18 Resistance Under 1ȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
3
g n
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
signal line
o
Between CN-123M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
in ti
Failure of sen- Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
4 while troubleshooting is performed.
sor 营
销
公
司
5
rk er
Ma t
Controller
In
CN-123M
(DF-3) Swing pilot press. sensor
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105032
Fig. 7-56
power supply
Between CN-120M ķ and Ĺ Voltage About 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Open circuit of
.
2 Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
De al
signal line
Between CN-120M ĸ and controller pin 34 Resistance Under 1ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
g n
3
signal line
Between CN-120M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
o
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
in ti
Failure of sen-
4 while troubleshooting is performed.
sor
Between CN-120M ĸ and ground
营
销
公
司
5
n
rk er
Ma t
Controller
CN-120M Left travel pilot
In
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105033
Fig. 7-57
power supply
Between CN-121M ķ and Ĺ Voltage About 5V
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Open circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
2
.
signal line
De al
Between CN-121M ĸ and controller pin 30 Resistance Under 1ȍ
pt
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Short circuit of Keep it in the OFF position while troubleshooting is performed.
3
signal line
g no
Between CN-121M ĸ and ground Resistance Above 2Mȍ
Ɣ Turn engine start switch to the OFF position before troubleshooting.
Failure of sen- Turn the start switch to the ON position and keep it in the ON position
in ti
4 while troubleshooting is performed.
sor
Between CN-121M ĸ and ground
营
销
公
司
Voltage 0.5V- 4.5V
et a
5
n
rk er
Controller
Ma t
Sensor 5V 12 1 5V
ZX225-1105034
Fig. 7-58
.
De al
H-8 Bucket speed slow ................................................................................................. 7-91
pt
H-9 Work equipment cylinders no response in separate operation ............................. 7-92
H-10 Work equipment drifts excessively ...................................................................... 7-93
g n
H-11 Work equipment moves sluggishly ..................................................................... 7-96
o
H-12 Other work equipment moves while single oil circuit is relieved .......................... 7-96
in ti
H-13 Travel speed drops considerably while swinging and travelling .......................... 7-97
H-14 Machine deviates during travel ............................................................................ 7-98
司
公
销
营
et a
H-16 Machine not steered easily or steering power low ............................................. 7-100
H-17 Travel speed cannot be shifted .......................................................................... 7-101
rk er
This diagram is a simpli¿cation of the diagram of the whole hydraulic system and can be referred
to in troubleshooting the hydraulic and mechanical systems.
DOWN
LEFT
DUMP
BWD
FWD
OUT
BWD
FWD
DIG
IN
UP
.
De al
Pilot valve
pt
16
Boom priority
1 2 3 4 15
g n 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Bucket conflu.
14
Swing priority
o
13
in ti
Travel speed
change
Accumulator
司
公
销
营
et a
n
1
rk er
3
Ma t
19 20
In
17 18
Regulator Regulator
Servo Servo
P1 P2
M
FRONT REAR
ZX225-1105039
Fig. 7-59
6DSafety valve
6X
Suction valve
Bucket S&S
Bucket 12 S&S Standby
S&S
10 11 valve S&S valve Standby actuating element
Cylinder
9
Boom retai-
.
ner valve
De al
Anti-swing
Boom
pt
Boom
9 S&S S&S 10
Boom 2
9
Su
valve
valve
Cylinder
Swing motor
Sa
Anti-swing
Su
g n 13 Brake release valve
valve
5 Su L. travel
valve
Su 6 3 Swing valve
4
o
13
Balance valve
Sa
Servo
R. travel
in ti
Straight travel 7 Su valve
Su 8
Balance valve
vavle
Sa
Sa
Servo
Sa
司
公
销
营
1
rk er
2
3
Ma t
ZX225-1105040
Fig. 7-60
In
● The following information is contained in the troubleshooting table and related electric circuit
diagrams. Fully understand these information before carrying out troubleshooting.
1
Possible causes and standard values
.
De al
pt
2
g n
3 Possible causes of
● < Description >
o
trouble (Given num-
● Standard value in normal state, which is used to judge possible
4 bers are reference
in ti
causes that might be OK or N/G.
numbers, which do
not indicate priority) ● A reference value is used to determine OK or N/G.
营
销
公
司
et a
5
n
rk er
Ma t
In
H-1 Work equipment speed slow, or swing and travel speeds slow
.
Control levers Main relief pressure
De al
ment or malfunc-
1
pt
tion of main relief 33~34.3 MPa
Arm IN
valveg n {337~350 kg/cm2}
If normal pressure cannot be restored after adjustment, it is possible the
o
failure of main relief valve or internal defect. Check the valve directly.
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting while
in ti
3.9~4.1 MPa
All levers in NEUTRAL
{40~42 kg/cm2}
n
Malfunction of
3 The regulator possibly fails. Check the servo mechanism of the regulator.
rk er
regulator
Malfunction of If the trouble is caused by other factors, it might be the main pump that
4
main pump has performance deterioration, malfunction or internal defect.
Ma t
In
.
element
De al
Carbon buildup at
pt
4 fuel injection noz- Carbon built up at fuel injection nozzle. Check it directly.
zle
5
g n
Clogging of air
Air cleaner may be clogged. Check it directly.
cleaner
o
Abnormal wear of
6 Engine may be worn abnormally. Check it directly.
in ti
engine
7 Failure of oil pump Oil pump may be defective. Check it directly.
营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Failure information ● Whole work equipment, swing, and travel systems do not work.
● Set working mode to S and fuel control dial at position 10 to carry
Related information
out troubleshooting.
.
Possible causes and standard values
De al
3.9~4.1 MPa
FREE
pt
{40~42 kg/cm2}
g n ● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
while the engine is running at high idle.
Failure of relief valve Control lever Pilot relief pressure
o
2
(pilot pump)
3.9~4.1 MPa
in ti
All levers in NEUTRAL
{40~42 kg/cm2}
The main pump may have malfunction or internal defect. Check it by
营
销
公
司
following method.
et a
Failure of hydraulic
3 ● Remove the oil pressure measurement plug and start the en-
pump
n
gine. If oil flows out of the opening, the piston pump is in good
condition.
rk er
Internal failure of the coupling can stop rotation of the pump shaft.
Check the coupling.
4 Failure of coupling
Ma t
● Loosen the oil delivery line of the pilot pump. If no oil is seen, it
is probably the failure of coupling.
In
Low level of
1 Make a visual check.
hydraulic oil
Inferior hy-
2 Hydraulic oil probably contains air. Make a visual check.
draulic oil
Clogging of It is probably the clogging of the vent on top of the hydraulic tank that
.
De al
3 vent on top of causes negative pressure in the hydraulic tank. Press the release button
pt
hydraulic tank of the breather valve to eliminate air. Check again if the noise disappears.
Clogging of
It is probably the clogging of hydraulic tank strainer that causes negative
g n
4 hydraulic tank
pressure in the oil suction line. Make a visual check.
strainer
o
Failure of
5 The main pump may have internal defect. Check the main pump.
in ti
main pump
司
公
销
营
et a
.
circuit)
De al
Boom UP ≥ 3.5MPa
pt
Boom DOWN {36 kg/cm2}
Malfunction of boom
g n 2 Spool of boom control valve may have malfunction. Check it directly.
Possible causes and standard values
ing valve)
Malfunction or de-
n
5 control valve
malfunction or defective seal. Check the valves directly.
(Relief valve and
makeup valve)
Ma t
Charge the bucket with a load of approximate 1260 kg. Cut off the oil
passage to the high-pressure side of the cylinder. Disconnect the cyl-
Failure of boom
6 inder from the main valve. Measure the displacement of piston for 15
cylinder
minutes after the cylinder becomes stable. If the measured value is
greater than 10 mm, it is deemed that cylinder has a defective seal.
For more information on the measuring procedure see "Hydraulic
Drift of Work Equipment - Test" on page 6-34.
.
De al
≥ 3.5MPa
Arm IN or Arm OUT
pt
{36 kg/cm2}
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting while
Possible causes and standard values
g n
2 Press sensor failure the engine is running at high idle.
Check the sensor by replacing it with a new one.
o
Malfunction of arm
in ti
3 Spool of arm control valve may have malfunction. Check it directly.
control valve (spool)
Malfunction of arm
Regeneration valve of arm control valve may have malfunction.
营
销
公
司
Check it directly.
generation valve)
Malfunction or de-
n
Cut off the oil passage to the high-pressure side of the cylinder. Discon-
Failure of arm cylin- nect the cylinder from the main valve. Measure the displacement of piston
6
der for 15 minutes after the cylinder becomes stable. If the measured value is
greater than 10 mm, it is deemed that cylinder has a defective seal. For
more information on the measuring procedure see "Hydraulic Drift of
Work Equipment - Test" on page 6-34.
.
circuit)
De al
≥ 3.5MPa
Bucket DIG or Bucket DUMP
pt
{36 kg/cm2}
Possible causes and standard values
3 bucket control valve Spool of bucket control valve may have malfunction. Check it directly.
(spool) 营
销
公
司
Malfunction or
et a
defective seal of
Relief valve and makeup valve in bucket control valve may have mal-
n
makeup valve)
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
while the engine is running at high idle.
Ma t
Charge the bucket with a load of approximate 1260 kg. Cut off the oil
passage to the high-pressure side of the cylinder. Disconnect the cyl-
In
Failure of bucket
5 inder from the main valve. Measure the displacement of piston for 15
cylinder
minutes after the cylinder becomes stable. If the measured value is
greater than 10 mm, it is deemed that cylinder has a defective seal.
For more information on the measuring procedure see "Hydraulic
Drift of Work Equipment - Test" on page 6-34.
.
while the engine is running at high idle.
De al
Work equipment control lever Pilot valve output pressure
pt
Malfunction of pilot
1 NEUTRAL 0 {0}
valve
g n ≥ 3.5MPa
DIG or DUMP
{36 kg/cm2}
o
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
in ti
Malfunction of con-
3 Spool of control valve may have malfunction. Check it directly.
trol valve (spool)
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
1 inder from the main valve. Measure the displacement of piston for 15
De al
cylinder
minutes after the cylinder becomes stable. If the measured value is
pt
greater than 10 mm, it is deemed that cylinder has a defective seal. For
more information on the measuring procedure see "Hydraulic Drift of
g n Work Equipment - Test" on page 6-34.
Failure of boom Boom retaining valve or pilot valve may be worn or sluggish. Check the
o
2
retaining valve valves.
in ti
Malfunction or
defective seal of
The relief valve and the makeup valve in the boom control valve may
公
司
Failure of boom
4 Spool of boom valve may be worn excessively. Check the spool.
rk er
valve spool
Ma t
In
Cut off the oil passage to the high-pressure side of the cylinder. Discon-
Failure of arm nect the cylinder from the main valve. Measure the displacement of pis-
1
cylinder ton for 15 minutes after the cylinder becomes stable. If the measured
value is greater than 10 mm, it is deemed that cylinder has a defective
seal. For more information on the measuring procedure see "Hydraulic
.
Drift of Work Equipment - Test" on page 6-34.
De al
Malfunction or Relief valve or makeup valve of the arm control valve may be defective.
pt
defective seal of Check the valves directly.
2 arm control valve ★ The performance of seal can be judged by replacing it with another
g n
(relief valve and relief valve or makeup valve.(Never replace it with the boom-down
o
makeup valve) relief valve or makeup valve as their pressures are set differently.)
Failure of arm Arm retaining valve or pilot valve may be worn or sluggish. Check the
in ti
3
retaining valve valves.
Failure of arm
4 Arm valve (spool) may be worn excessively. Check it directly.
司
公
销
营
valve (spool)
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
2
De al
(relief valve and er relief valve or makeup valve. (Never replace it with the boom-
pt
makeup valve) down relief valve or makeup valve as their pressures are set dif-
ferently. )
g n Defective seal of
Seal of bucket control valve spool may be defective. Check it direct-
3 bucket control valve
o
ly.
(spool)
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Malfunction of
1 arm regenera- Regeneration valve of arm may have malfunction. Check it directly.
tion valve
.
Relief valve or makeup valve of control valve may have malfunction.
De al
Malfunction of Check it directly.
pt
control valve ● For arm and boom, whether a valve has malfunction can be judged
2
(relief valve and by replacing it with another relief valve or makeup valve.
g n
makeup valve) (Never replace it with the boom-down relief valve or makeup valve as
o
their pressures are set differently. )
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
H-12 Other work equipment moves while single oil circuit is relieved
n
rk er
● Other work equipment moves while single oil circuit of certain work equip-
Failure information
ment is relieved.
Related information ● Set the working mode to S to perform troubleshooting.
Ma t
In
Defective seal
1 Seal of control valve may be defective. Check it directly.
of control valve
Failure information ● Travel speed drops considerably in swinging plus travelling operation.
● If the travel speed is low in only travelling operation, check first ac-
Related information
cording to H-15.
Possible causes and standard values
.
De al
Failure of straight The straight travel valve gives no response. Check the spool and
1
pt
travel valve the logic oil circuit drain port.
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
Reverse { 36~40 kg/cm2}
De al
Difference occurs between
pt
0.4 MPa {4 kg/cm2}
left and right output
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform trouble-
g n shooting while the engine is running at high idle.
Malfunction of pilot relief
o
2 Control lever Control circuit source pressure
valve
3.5~3.9 MPa
in ti
司
公
销
3 Failure of regulator Check the regulator by swapping the front and back regulators.
营
et a
Sluggishness of propor-
4 Travel control lever Proportional valve output pressure
tional solenoid valve
rk er
swivel joint
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform trouble-
shooting while the engine is running at high idle.
7 Malfunction of travel motor Travel control lever Leakage of travel motor
Travel relief 27.2 ml/min
Final drive may have internal defect. Check it directly.
● Internal defect of the final drive can be determined through
8 Failure of final drive
abnormal noise, abnormal heat, and metal powder or debris
contained in the oil drained.
Travel control levers Pilot valve output pressure
The monitor reads:
Forward or backward 3.5~3.9MPa
Failure of travel pilot pres-
9 { 36~40 kgf/cm2}
sure sensor
Output difference between the
0.4 MPa {4 kgf/cm2}
left and the right
Check it by swapping.
.
pilot valve Forward or reverse
De al
{ 36~40 kg/cm2}
pt
Difference occurs between front ≤ 0.4 MPa
g n output and rear output ≤ {4 kg/cm2}
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
while the engine is running at high idle.
o
Malfunction of pilot Control lever Control circuit source pressure
2
Possible causes and standard values
relief valve
in ti
3.5~3.9 MPa
All levers in NEUTRAL
营
销
公
司
{ 36~40 kg/cm2}
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
et a
Check it by replacement.
Malfunction of travel
In
.
De al
3.5~3.9 MPa
Either side operated
{ 36~40 kg/cm2}
pt
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshoot-
Possible causes and standard values
3.5~3.9 MPa
Either side operated
营
销
公
司 { 36~40 kg/cm2}
Malfunction of travel Spool of travel control valve may have malfunction. Check it direct-
et a
3
control valve (spool) ly.
n
Malfunction of travel
The makeup valve in travel control valve may have malfunction.
4 control valve (makeup
rk er
Check it directly.
valve)
Seal of relief valve in travel motor may be defective. Check it di-
Failure of travel motor rectly.
Ma t
5
(relief valve) ● The failure of seal can be determined by swapping the front
In
.
noid valve Lo Operated 0 {0}
De al
3.5~3.9 MPa
pt
Hi Operated
g n { 36~40 kg/cm2}
Failure of travel mo- Speed shifting assembly of travel motor may have malfunction.
o
2
tor (in speed change) Check it directly.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
2 travel motor (relief
De al
Check it directly.
valve)
pt
Possible causes and standard values
Defective seat of
Seat of check valve in travel motor valve may have malfunction.
3 travel motor valve
g n
(makeup valve)
Check it directly.
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
o
Speed of travel mo- while the engine is running at high idle.
in ti
4 Travel control lever Leakage from travel motor
tor drops.
Travel relief
营
销
公
司 27.2 ml/min
Final drive may have internal defect. Check it directly.
et a
.
De al
Improper adjust- Swing control lever Swing relief pressure
pt
ment or malfunc- 25.5~28.5 MPa
2 Swing relief
tion of swing motor {260~291 kg/cm2}
g n (relief valve) If oil pressure does not become normal after adjustment, swing motor
o
relief valve may have malfunction or internal defect. Check the relief
in ti
valve directly.
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
Failure of swing while the engine is running at high idle.
营
销
公
司
motor
Swing relief ≥ 10 ml/min
n
Failure of swing ● Internal defect of swing mechanism can be determined with ab-
4
mechanism normal noise, overheat, and metal powder or debris contained in
the oil drained.
Ma t
In
.
2 swing control Spool of swing control valve may have malfunction. Check it directly.
De al
valve (spool)
pt
Defective seal Seal of makeup valve in swing motor may have defect. Check it directly.
3 of swing motor ● Failure of the seal can be determined by swapping the right and left
g n
(makeup valve)
o
makeup valves and check for any changes.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
.
De al
Improper adjust- Swing control lever Swing relief valve
pt
ment or malfunc- 25.5~28.5 MPa
2 Swing relief
tion of swing motor {260~291 kg/cm2}
g n
(relief valve) If oil pressure does not become normal after adjustment, swing motor
o
relief valve may have malfunction or internal defect. Check the relief
valve directly.
in ti
motor
Swing relief ≤ 10 ml/min
n
Clogging of brake
4 Disassemble, clean and check.
rk er
control lines
Ma t
In
.
De al
Malfunction of
pt
swing motor Pressure compensation valve of swing motor may have malfunction.
2
(pressure com- Check it directly.
g n
pensation valve)
Defective seal Seal of makeup valve in swing motor may have defect. Check it directly.
o
3 of swing motor ● Swap the left and right makeup valves and observe the result to de-
in ti
(makeup valve) termine whether the seal fails.
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
while the engine is running at high idle.
司
公
销
One-side leak-
营
et a
age of swing pilot Swing control lever Pilot valve output pressure
4
pressure sensor NEUTRAL 0 {0}
n
Right swing
Ma t
In
.
ment or malfunc- 25.5~28.5 MPa
De al
1 Swing relief
tion of swing motor {260~291 kg/cm2}
pt
(relief valve) If oil pressure does not become normal after adjustment, swing motor
relief valve may have malfunction or internal defect. Check the relief
g n
valve directly.
o
● Stop the engine before troubleshooting. Perform troubleshooting
while the engine is running at high idle.
in ti
Failure of swing
2 Control lever Leakage from swing motor
motor
Swing relief ≤ 10 ml/min
司
公
销
营
et a
n
Failure information ● Large shock is produced when upper structure stops swinging.
● Set working mode to S and fuel control dial at position 10 to carry
Related information
out troubleshooting.
.
De al
Left swing
≥ 3.5MPa { ≥ 36 kg/cm2}
pt
Right swing
Reverse prevention valve of swing motor may have malfunction.
g n
Malfunction of swing
Check it directly.
2 reverse prevention
o
● Replace the valve with a new on to determine whether the valve
valve
fails.
in ti
Malfunction of swing
3 Swing relief valve may be worn or sluggish.
relief valve 营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Failure information ● High noise is produced when upper structure stops swinging.
● Set working mode to S and fuel control dial at position 10 to carry
Related information
out troubleshooting.
1 back pressure Back pressure valve may have malfunction. Check it directly.
valve
Malfunction of
.
De al
2 swing motor Relief valve of swing motor may have malfunction. Check it directly.
pt
(relief valve)
Seal of makeup valve in swing motor may have malfunction. Check it di-
Malfunction of
rectly.
g n
3 swing motor
● Swap the left and right makeup valves and observe the result to deter-
o
(makeup valve)
mine whether the seal fails. .
in ti
The swing mechanism is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside
of the machinery itself.
Failure of swing
4 ● Internal defect of swing mechanism can be determined with abnor-
司
公
销
营
mechanism
et a
mal noise, overheat, and metal powder or debris contained in the oil
drained.
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Failure of swing
Swing holding brake control lines and holding brake pilot valve may be
.
1 holding brake
De al
defective. Check them directly.
control lines
pt
g n
Malfunction of
o
2 swing motor Parking brake of swing motor may have malfunction. Check it directly.
in ti
(parking brake)
司
公
销
营
et a
n
leased).
● When swing holding brake release switch is in release position,
Related information swing holding brake is released and upper structure is secured
by only hydraulic pressure.
Ma t
In
Possible causes and standard values
Malfunction or de-
Swing control valve spool may have malfunction or defective seal.
1 fective seal of swing
Check it directly.
control valve (spool)
Failure of swing mo- Seal of makeup valve in swing motor may be defective. Check it di-
3
tor (makeup valve) rectly.
tE.
PAD nal
eGp
ng o
i
tKi t
司
公
销
营
a
AkNe rn
e
BLMaInt
r
tE.
DG al
ep
gA no
i
tKi t
nP
司
公
销
营
a
kNe rn
aAr et
BLM In
.
8 Disassembly and Assembly
De al
pt
8.1 How to Read This Manual ....................................................................................... 8-5
8.1.1 Removing and installing an assembly............................................................ 8-5
g n
8.2 Operating Precautions ............................................................................................. 8-6
o
8.3 Start Motor AS ........................................................................................................ 8-9
in ti
.
De al
8.14 Idler AS ............................................................................................................... 8-54
pt
8.14.1 Disassembly............................................................................................... 8-54
g n
8.14.2 Assembly.................................................................................................... 8-55
8.15 Sprocket .............................................................................................................. 8-58
o
8.15.1 Removal ..................................................................................................... 8-58
in ti
.
De al
8.27.1 Disassembly............................................................................................... 8-88
pt
8.27.2 Assembly.................................................................................................... 8-92
g n
8.28 Work Equipment AS ............................................................................................ 8-97
8.28.1 Removal ..................................................................................................... 8-97
o
8.28.2 Installation .................................................................................................. 8-99
in ti
.
De al
8.38.2 Removal ................................................................................................... 8-145
pt
8.38.3 Working principle ..................................................................................... 8-146
g n
8.38.4 Wiring ....................................................................................................... 8-146
8.39 Fuse Box............................................................................................................ 8-147
o
8.40 Wiper ................................................................................................................. 8-148
in ti
.
Removal of parts
De al
● The "Removal" section contains procedure, precautions and the amount of oil or coolant to be
pt
discharged. g n
● The symbols used the in the "Removal" section are described below:
o
in ti
This symbol indicates that safety-related precautions must be observed when doing the
job. 营
销
公
司
This symbol indicates related rules and precautions that must be obeyed when installing
n
the pats.
This symbol indicates the amount of oil or coolant to be discharged.
rk er
Installation of parts
Ma t
● The mark used in the "Installation" section indicates the rules and precautions related to
parts installation.
● Symbols used in the "Installation" sections are shown below:
This symbol indicates that safety-related precautions must be observed when doing the job.
★ This symbol is followed by instructions or precautions when performing a procedure.
This symbol indicates that specific coating agent must be used.
This symbol indicates the lubricant required.
This symbol indicates a torque specified.
This symbol indicates the amount of oil or coolant to be added.
.
● Do not pull the wire and avoid the wire coming off its contact. To avoid excessive force im-
De al
posing on the wire, hold the connector when disconnecting a wire.
pt
● Tag the wires and the hoses in order to ensure their connecting positions. By doing so,
g n
mistakes can be avoided during reinstallation.
o
● Count and check the number and thickness of the shims, and keep them in a safe place.
● When raising or lifting a component, be sure to use a proper lifting equipment of ample
in ti
strength.
司
● When forcing screws are used to remove any components, tighten the screws evenly in
公
销
营
et a
turn.
n
● The surrounding area must be cleaned before removing a component. Cover the compo-
nent after removal in order to prevent invasion of dirt or dust.
rk er
Ma t
In
A. Thread-connected hoses
.
15 B210780000883 Plug
De al
20 B210780000079 Plug
pt
22 g n 60056667 Plug
Heavy Thread Connection
o
12 B210780001142 Plug
16 60002397 Plug
in ti
20 B210780000080 Plug
25 B210780000081 Plug
司
公
销
营
et a
n
● Before applying the adhesive, clean the ● This procedure is to be performed be-
fore using your machine for the first
.
parts of oil and dust. Apply 2 or 3 drops
De al
of adhesive to the threaded portion. time after repair or long storage.
pt
● Before applying the sealant to the gas- 3. Precautions to be observed upon comple-
tion of the operations
g n
ket, clean the gasket surface of oil and
dust. Check the gasket for contamina- ● Completely discharge the engine cool-
o
tion or damage. Apply the gasket seal- ant, tighten the drain valve, and add
in ti
ant evenly. coolant to the specified level. Run the
● Clean all parts, and correct any dam- engine to circulate the coolant through
the system. Check the coolant level
司
公
销
营
● Before installing a snap ring, make sure after disassembly and reinstallation of
rk er
that the snap ring is mounted properly a hydraulic unit. Run the engine to cir-
in the circular groove. culate the hydraulic oil through the sys-
● Before connecting the wiring connector, tem. Check the oil level again.
Ma t
clean the wiring connector of oil, dirt or ● Purge the air from the system after
In
water. Make sure that the wiring con- removing and repairing the lines or hy-
nector is connected securely. draulic unit and reassembling the parts.
● Before using an eyebolt, check the ● To purge the air, see related informa-
eyebolt for deformation or deterioration. tion in “Testing and Adjusting”.
Screw on the eyebolt as far as possible
and align it to the direction of the hook. ● Add the specified amount of grease
(MoS2) to the work equipment related
● Before tightening the half flanges, tight- parts.
en it evenly in turn in order to prevent
over tightening on one side.
● After reassembling the hydraulic cylinder,
main pump or other hydraulic equipment
that has been disassembled and repaired,
it is necessary to purge the air from the
hydraulic cylinder prior to initial operation
of the cylinder. The purging procedure is
NOTICE
.
1. Open the engine hood.
De al
2. Disconnect the Cables (2), (3) and (4).
pt
2 3
3. Remove the start motor fixing bolt (1) in
g n 1
order to remove the start motor. 4
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZXT335-1006001
Fig. 8-1
rk er
8.3.2 Installation
Ma t
8.4.1 Removal
NOTICE
.
De al
ZXT335-1006002
pt
Fig. 8-2
g n
2. Disconnect the air hoses (1) and (2) of the
o
1
crankcase.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
ZXT335-1006003
In
Fig. 8-3
ZXT335-1006004
Fig. 8-4
ZXT335-1006005
Fig. 8-5
.
De al
pt
5. Remove the air hose (9).
g n
6. Remove the bolt (10) fixing the electronic 9
shutdown device and the bolt (11) of gov-
o
10
ernor motor.
in ti
pump assembly.
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006006
Fig. 8-6
Ma t
In
8.4.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse procedure of removal.
Torques for:
Fuel supply line connector bolt: 28-46 N•m
Fuel return line nut: 28-46N•m
Fuel delivery line nut: 28-32N•m
Engine oil line nut: 16-25N•m
● Install the fuel injection pump as the following:
A. Check the fuel injection timing.
See “Fuel Injection Timing - Test and Adjust” on page 6-13.
.
De al
B. Assemble the fuel injection pump assembly and tighten the nuts.
pt
Nut: 9.8±2 Nm {10±0.2 kgm}
g n
● Purge the air.
o
Purge the air from the fuel injection system.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.5.1 Removal
3
1. Remove the radiator assembly. See
“Radiator AS” on page 8-20. 2
.
De al
pt
ZX335-1006007
Fig. 8-7
g no
crankshaft belt pulley (5).
in ti
4
n
rk er
ZX335-1006008
Ma t
Fig. 8-8
In
8.5.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
8.6.1 Removal
1. Remove the hydraulic pump assembly. 2
See “Hydraulic Pump AS” on page 8-80.
2. Remove the flywheel (1).
3. Remove the rear oil seal (2).
.
De al
pt
ZX335-10
g no
Fig. 8-9
in ti
8.6.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro- 营
销
公
司
cedure of removal.
et a
Sealant
● Install the rear oil seal as the following:
n
seal. ø2mm
B. Clean the seal surface.
Ma t
Line
Sealant (Tianshan 1596) ZX335-1006010
NOTICE
.
ZXT335-1006011
De al
Fig. 8-11
pt
g n
3. Remove the air intake hose (1).
o
1
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006012
Ma t
Fig. 8-12
In
ZXT335-1006013
Fig. 8-13
ZXT335-1006014
Fig. 8-14
.
De al
pt
7. Remove the cover (7) of exhaust muffler
7
connector.
g no
8. Disconnect the air intake hose (8).
9. Disconnect the air intake hose (9) and the
in ti
8
crankcase breathing hose (10) between
turbocharger and intercooler. 营
销
公
司
9
10
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006015
Fig. 8-15
Ma t
In
10. Disconnect the oil delivery line (11) and the oil return line (12).
11. Remove the turbocharger system assembly.
12. Remove the exhaust manifold (13).
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
11
n
rk er
Ma t
13
In
12
ZX335-1006016
Fig. 8-16
Shop Manual - April 2014 8-17
Disassembly and Assembly SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
15
ZXT335-1006017
Fig. 8-17
.
De al
pt
14. Remove the six (6) nozzle seats (16).
16
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006018
Fig. 8-18
Ma t
In
.
De al
8.7.2 Installation
pt
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
g n
cedure of removal.
o
in ti
gine oil
● Adjusting valve clearance
● See “Valve Clearance - Adjust” on
page 6-7.
● Adding coolant
Add engine coolant to the specific level.
ZX335-1006019
Start the engine to circulate coolant in or-
der to eliminate all foams. Check the cool- Fig. 8-19
ant level again.
8.8 Radiator AS
8.8.1 Removal
1. Open the engine hood
2. Open the pressure cap (1). Drain engine
coolant via the drain valve beneath the
coolant tank.
Coolant: Approx. 26 L 1
.
De al
ZXT335-1006020
pt
g n Fig. 8-20
radiator. 2
n
ZXT335-1006021
Fig. 8-21
In
ZXT335-1006022
Fig. 8-22
ZXT335-1006023
Fig. 8-23
.
De al
pt
7. Remove the inlet and outlet air hoses (7)
g n
and (8) of the intercooler.
o
in ti
8
7
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006024
Fig. 8-24
Ma t
In
suitable place.
ZXT335-1006025
Fig. 8-25
ZXT335-1006026
Fig. 8-26
.
De al
pt
10. Remove the four bolts (11) from the bottom
of radiator.
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
11 11
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006027
Fig. 8-27
Ma t
In
ZXT335-1006028
Fig. 8-28
ZXT335-1006029
Fig. 8-29
.
8.8.2 Installation
De al
pt
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
g no
● Adjust the clearance (a) between the fan
in ti
points.
● Standard clearance (a) (around the
rk er
fan): 10 mm
● Fan dia. (b): ø830 mm
Ma t
8.9.1 Removal
Lower the work equipment to the ground in
order to ensure safety. Stop the engine. Dis-
connect the cable from the battery negative (-)
post.
Loosen the butterfly nut on the breather valve
and press the relief button to release internal
pressure.
● Mark the lines to avoid mistakes during re-
.
installation.
De al
pt
1. Remove the hydraulic tank suction filter
and block the opening.
g n
2. Discharge engine coolant.
o
Coolant: About 22.9 L
in ti
Fig. 8-30
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006031
Fig. 8-31
5. D i s c o n n e c t h o s e s ( 4 ) , ( 6 ) a n d ( 7 ) .
Disconnect the cables (5) and (8) of main 6
5
pump pressure sensors. 7
ZXT335-1006032
Fig. 8-32
.
De al
6. Remove the hose (9) and the clamps (10).
pt
g no
9
10
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
10
rk er
ZXT335-1006033
Fig. 8-33
Ma t
In
11
ZXT335-1006034
Fig. 8-34
13
15 14
ZXT335-1006035
Fig. 8-35
.
9. Disconnect the engine fuel hoses (16) and
De al
21
(17) and the engine oil hoses (18) and (19).
pt
20 22
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZXT335-1006036
Fig. 8-36
rk er
24
23
ZXT335-1006037
Fig. 8-37
26
27
ZXT335-1006038
Fig. 8-38
.
De al
pt
13. Disconnect the compressor cables (28)
g n 28
and (29) as well as the hoses (30) and (31).
29
o
in ti
31
司
公
销
营
et a
30
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006039
Fig. 8-39
Ma t
In
34
15. Remove the clamps (34).
36
16. Remove the starter main cable (35).
17. Disconnect the alternator cable (36).
35
33
ZXT335-1006040
Fig. 8-40
37
ZXT335-1006041
Fig. 8-41
.
De al
pt
19. Disconnect the hoses (38), (39) and (40)
g n
between the engine and the radiator.
o
20. Disconnect the air intake hose (41).
39
in ti
38
司
公
销
营
40 41
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006042
Fig. 8-42
Ma t
In
42
ZXT335-1006043
Fig. 8-43
43
ZXT335-1006044
.
Fig. 8-44
De al
pt
g n
23. Remove the fixing bolt (44) on each of the
four (4) mounting plates of the damper. Lift
o
44
the engine and main pump assembly.
in ti
ZXT335-1006045
Fig. 8-45
Ma t
In
8.9.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse procedure of removal.
● Open the radiator tank cap to refill coolant. Add coolant to the coolant tank.
Engine coolant:Approx. 26 L
.
De al
● Start the engine to circulate the hydraulic oil in the hydraulic system, and check the oil level
pt
again.
● Purging the air.
g n
See “Air in Each Component - Purge” on page 6-41.
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.10.1 Removal
1. Remove the sprocket. See “Sprocket” on
page 8-58.
WARNING
.
De al
Fig. 8-46
pt
g n
2. Remove the motor cover plate (1).
3
3. Disconnect the four hoses (2) of the travel
o
motor and the corresponding hose connec-
in ti
tors.
4. Remove the 24 mounting bolts (3) con- 营
销
公
司
2
necting the final drive assembly with the
et a
2
SY365(B)H-9
Number of Bolts 18
Travel motor plus reducer 389 kg
ZX335-1006147
Fig. 8-48
8.10.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse procedure of removal.
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.11.1 Disassembly
1. Discharging the oil
Open the drain plug to discharge oil from
the final drive tank.
Final drive tank: About 4.0 L
2. Cover
①
Unscrew the mounting bolts. Remove the
.
cover (1) with the help of eyebolts ① .
De al
pt
g no
in ti
1
司
公
销
ZX335-1006049
营
et a
Fig. 8-49
n
rk er
3. Spacer
2
Remove the spacer (2).
Ma t
In
ZX335-1006050
Fig. 8-50
ZX335-1006051
Fig. 8-51
.
De al
pt
B. Disassembling No.1 planetary carrier
assembly.
g n
9 7 4 5 10 8
o
a. Remove the screw (4). Remove the
coverplate (5) from the planetary
in ti
carrier (6).
b. Remove the thrust washer (7), gear
司
公
销
营
et a
6
rk er
ZX335-1006052
Fig. 8-52
Ma t
12
ZX335-1006053
Fig. 8-53
6. Thrust washer. 13 14
Remove the thrust washer (13).
7. No.2 sun gear
Remove No.2 sun gear (14).
ZX335-1006054
Fig. 8-54
.
De al
8. Disassembling No.2 planetary carrier as-
pt
18 19 15
sembly g n
A. Remove the screw (15). Remove the 16
plate (16) and the planetary gear (17) 17
o
from the carrier (22). 20
in ti
23
B. Remove the bearing inner race (19) 21
and outer race (18). Remove the plate 营
销
公
司
(20). 22
et a
Fig. 8-55
9. Boss assembly
Ma t
②
A. Remove the boss assembly (24) from
In
24
ZX335-1006056
Fig. 8-56
Fig. 8-57
.
De al
pt
C. Remove the floating seal (29) from the
travel motor (30).
g no
29
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
30
ZX335-1006058
rk er
Fig. 8-58
Ma t
8.11.2 Assembly
26 27
In
Fig. 8-59
.
travel motor (30).
De al
pt
● See the above step 2 for the installa-
tion procedure.
g n 29
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
30
et a
ZX335-1006058
Fig. 8-61
n
rk er
fit it.
24
ZX335-1006056
Fig. 8-62
ZX335-1006060
.
De al
part of bearing.
pt
● Turn the boss 2-3 times before applying
a pushing force.
g n
● Do not use a spray gun to cushion the Load 3000Kg
o
bearing.
h
in ti
● Do not push or strike the retaining
valve.
C. Shim thickness calculation: C=H-h.
司
公
销
营
et a
ZX335-1006061
n
Fig. 8-64
rk er
.
De al
Screw (15):
pt
13 14
g n 539±28 Nm {55±2.9 kgm}
● Check the flexibility of gear (17) after
assembling the planetary carrier as-
o
sembly.
in ti
4. Thrust washer
Install the thrust washer (13).
司
公
销
营
et a
Fig. 8-67
Ma t
ZX335-1006053
Fig. 8-68
.
De al
B. Install No.1 planetary carrier assembly
pt
(3). g n 3
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX335-1006051
Fig. 8-70
Ma t
In
8. Spacer
2
Install the spacer (2).
ZX335-1006050
Fig. 8-71
9. Cover
①
Assemble the cover (1) with the help of
eyebolts ① . Use a torque wrench to tighten
the bolts.
Bolts:
73.4±3.63 Nm {7.5±0.4 kgm}
ZX335-1006049
Fig. 8-72
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
Torque wrench
et a
n
rk er
ZX335-1006063
Ma t
Fig. 8-73
In
8.12.1 Removal
Release the remaining pressure in the hydrau-
lic return circuit. See “Remaining Pressure
in Hydraulic Lines - Relieve” on page 6-36.
Lower the work equipment to the ground in 3 4
.
De al
1. Disconnect the hose (1) through the hose 2
pt
(9). 7
5
(1): Between oil tank and swing motor (port
g n
Dr)
1
o
(2): Between central swivel joint and swing
in ti
ZXT335-1006064
(port M)
et a
Fig. 8-74
(4): Between swing motor and main valve
n
port Px (port A)
rk er
8.12.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
.
De al
check the oil level again.
pt
● Purging of air
g n
See “Air in Each Component - Purge”
on page 6-41.
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.13.1 Disassembly
1. Draining of oil
Open the drain plug to drain the oil from 2
the swing mechanism.
Swing drive case: Approx. 10.5 L 1
.
cribbing. Take care not to damage the
De al
drive gear or let it contact the ground.
pt
B. Unscrew the four(4) bolts (1) in order to
remove the swing motor assembly (2).
g n ZXT335-1006066
2
et a
ZX335-1006067
Fig. 8-77
.
De al
ZX335-1006068
pt
Fig. 8-78
ZX335-1006069
Ma t
Fig. 8-79
In
5. Gear ring 10
ZX335-1006070
Fig. 8-80
.
De al
pt
ZX335-1006071
Fig. 8-81
g no
7. No.2 planetary carrier assembly
in ti
12
A. Remove No.2 carrier assembly (12).
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
ZX335-1006072
Fig. 8-82
.
De al
pt
8. Snap ring 20
Remove the snap ring (20).
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX335-1006074
Fig. 8-84
Ma t
In
ZX335-1006075
Fig. 8-85
23
24
.
ZX335-1006076
De al
Fig. 8-86
pt
g no
10. Bearing 26
27
Remove the bearing (25) and the oil seal
in ti
25 ZX335-1006077
Fig. 8-87
8.13.2 Assembly 23
● Clean all the parts and check for any con-
tamination or damage. Apply engine oil to
the sliding surfaces of the parts.
1. Bearing
Press the bearing (23) into the housing (27).
27
ZX335-1006078
Fig. 8-88
.
De al
pt
2. Oil seal g n
Press the oil seal (26) into the housing (27). 27 26
o
Oil seal mounting surface: gasket
in ti
ZX335-1006079
Fig. 8-89
Ma t
In
3. Housing assembly 24
A. Position the plate (28) on the shaft (24).
B. Position the housing assembly (22) on
the shaft (24). Press to fit the bearing.
22
28
ZX335-1006080
Fig. 8-90
4. Bearing 22 25
Press to fit the bearing (25).
● When press-fitting the bearing, press
the bearing inner race and outer race
simultaneously. Never press only the
inner race.
● After assembling the bearing, check if
the housing rotates freely.
ZX335-1006081
.
Fig. 8-91
De al
pt
5. No.2 Planetary carrier assembly
g n
Reassemble No.2 carrier assembly through
o
the following steps. 19 16 15 18
in ti
ZX335-1006082
.
Fig. 8-93
De al
pt
7. Installation of gear ring
g n 10
(10).
Mating surface: Sealant (Loctite 515)
营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
ZX335-1006083
Fig. 8-94
In
.
De al
ZX335-1006068
pt
Fig. 8-96
g n
9. No.1 sun gear assembly
o
2
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
ZX335-1006067
Fig. 8-97
.
De al
ed nonuniform. The mating direction of
pt
each hole is exclusive, as shown in the
illustration on the right. The installation
g n
of swing motor requires proper align-
ment of the bolt holes in order to ensure
o
the installation orientation.
in ti
ZX335-1006084
Fig. 8-98
rk er
8.14 Idler AS
8.14.1 Disassembly 7
8
1. Remove the dowel pin (1) and the support 6
(2). 13
12
10
2. Remove the floating seals (3) from the 5
support (2) and the idler (4).
3. Remove the O-ring (11). Remove the idler
(4) from the shaft (5) and the support as-
9
sembly (7). 11
3
● The idler contains 80 ml oil, which 1
.
De al
should be drained completely before
pt
disassembling. Spread a cloth on the
floor to prevent smearing of the floor by
g n
the oil. 4
2
o
ZX335-1006085
Fig. 8-99
in ti
5
et a
6
In
7
ZX335-1006086
Fig. 8-100
7 8
ZX335-1006087
Fig. 8-101
8.14.2 Assembly
1. Install the bushings (9) and (10) in the idler
(4).
9 10 4
ZX335-1006088
Fig. 8-102
.
De al
pt
2. Assemble the O-ring. Use the dowel pin (8)
to install the support (7) on the shaft (5). 5
g no
9,10 4
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
7
n
8
ZX335-1006087
rk er
Fig. 8-103
Ma t
Fig. 8-104
ZX335-1006090
Fig. 8-105
.
De al
4. Install the shaft (5) and support (7) assem-
pt
7 5
bly to the idler (4).
g n 4
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZX335-1006091
rk er
Fig. 8-106
Ma t
In
Fig. 8-107
.
De al
pt
g n
3
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZX335-1006093
Fig. 8-108
rk er
7
8
install the support (2). 6
In
13
7. Refill oil and screw on the plug. 12
10
Oil: About 80 ml (No.18 hyperbola 5
gear oil)
Plug: 205.8±49 Nm {21±5 kgm}
9
11
3
1
4
2 ZX335-1006085
Fig. 8-109
8.15 Sprocket
8.15.1 Removal
1
1. Remove the track assembly. For more
information see “Track AS” on page 8-59.
2. Swing the work equipment 90° and lift the
chassis with the help of the work equip-
①
ment. Place a block ① between the track
frame and the track shoe.
3. Remove the sprocket (1).
Sprocket: 98.4 kg
.
De al
ZX335-1006094
pt
Fig. 8-110
g no
8.15.2 Installation
in ti
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
司
公
销
营
et a
Bolts (sprocket):
927±103 N·m {94.6±10.5 kgf·m}
Ma t
In
8.16 Track AS
Special tools
8.16.1 Removal
1. Choose a place that has enough space to
spread the track. Park the machine when
.
De al
the master pin is between the idler and the
pt
carrier roller.
2. Lower the work equipment. Loosen the
g n
grease fitting (1) and release the track ten-
o
sion.
in ti
1
WARNING 营
销
公
司
ZXT335-1006095
Fig. 8-111
et a
3. Pull out the master pin (2) with the tool (M).
In
ZX335-1006096
Fig. 8-112
ZX335-1006097
Fig. 8-113
.
De al
pt
8.16.2 Installationg n
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
o
cedure of removal. Corner Track shoe nut
(Square)
in ti
See “Track Tensioner - Test and Adjust” on
page 6-21.
营
销
公
司
R
● Installation procedure of track shoe bolts
et a
R
and nuts Corner
n
Seat surface
● If the track shoe bolts are installed Must be in
from the other side, the corner of nut Close contact.
In
Fig. 8-114
ZX335-1006099
Fig. 8-115
.
● Before installing the dust seal, apply
De al
grease (G2-LI) to its contact surface
pt
with the bushing.
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.17.1 Removal
1. Remove the swing frame assembly. For
more information See “Swing frame AS”
on page 8-64.
2. Remove the 36 bolts (1) in order to take off
the swing bearing assembly.
3. Lift the swing bearing assembly (2).
1
ZXT335-1006100
.
Fig. 8-116
De al
pt
Swing bearing assembly; 526 kg
g no
in ti
营
销
公
司
2
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006101
Fig. 8-117
Ma t
In
8.17.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
.
De al
Step 2:
pt
Tightened to:
927±103 Nm {94.6±10.5 kgm}
g n
A. When a torque wrench is used to
o
tighten the bolts, tighten first the four
in ti
8.18.1 Removal
Fully extend the arm and the bucket. Lower
the work equipment to the ground and engage
the hydraulic lockout control.
1. Disassemble the work equipment assem-
bly. See “Work Equipment AS” on page 8-97.
2. Remove the counterweight assembly. See
“Counterweight AS” on page 8-104. 1
.
De al
cylinder.
pt
Cork the hoses to stop oil flowing out.
ZXT335-1006103
4. Lift the boom cylinder assembly (2).
g no
Fig. 8-119
in ti
2
In
ZXT335-1006104
Fig. 8-120
ZXT335-1006105
Fig. 8-121
.
De al
and fan guard (7).
pt
Removal of the swing frame requires
g n
removing other parts that interfere with the
lifting of swing frame.
o
7. Disconnect the six (6) hoses over the
in ti
6 7
5
司
公
销
营
et a
n
.
Swing frame assembly:
De al
pt
Only swing
Model Assembly (kg)
g n frame (kg)
SY365(B)H-9 14,755 3,040
o
in ti
司
公
8.18.2 Installation
销
营
et a
8.19.1 Removal
Release remaining pressure in the hydraulic
return circuit. See “Remaining Pressure in
Hydraulic Lines - Relieve” on page 6-36.
● Tag each line so as to ensure correct rein-
stallation.
1. Disconnect the hoses (1) through (8) on
the central swivel joint of the travel motor.
1
(1): Central swivel joint (port T) -
.
2
De al
Left travel motor (port T)
pt
(2): Central swivel joint (port T) -
g n ZXT335-1006109
8
et a
6
(6): Central swivel joint (port C) - 7
Right travel motor (port PA)
Ma t
ZXT335-1006110
(7): Central swivel joint (port E)-
In
Fig. 8-125
Left travel motor (port X)
(8): Central swivel joint (port E) -
Right travel motor (port X)
.
De al
(13): Central swivel joint (port D) - ZXT365-1308111
pt
Left travel control valve (port BTR) Fig. 8-126
g n
(14) Central swivel joint (port B) -
Right travel control valve (port ATR)
o
in ti
15
b
rk er
16
Ma t
ZXT335-1006112
In
Fig. 8-127
17
ZXT335-1006113
Fig. 8-128
ZXT335-1006114
Fig. 8-129
.
De al
pt
8.19.2 Installation
g n
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
o
cedure of removal. B D
in ti
8.20.1 Disassembly
1
1. Remove the fixing bolt (1).
2
2. Remove the cover (2).
3
3. Remove the rotor (12) from the housing (6). 4
5
● Take care not to damage the sliding
surface of the seal of the rotor (12).
4. Remove the O-ring (3), oil seal (8) and 6
retainer (7) from the housing (6).
.
5. Remove the rotary seal (9) and O-ring (10)
De al
7
from the housing (6).
pt
8
6. Remove the oil seal (11) from the rotor (12).
g n 9
10
11
o
in ti
8.20.2 Assembly
1. Install the oil seal (11) on the rotor (12). 营
销
公
司
12
et a
13
3. Fix the rotor (12) on a work bench. Install
the housing (6) on the rotor (12).
Ma t
ZX335-1006116
The clearance between the housing (6)
and the rotor (12) approximates 0.1 mm, Fig. 8-131
In
(1).
ZX335-1006117
8.21.1 Removal
1. Drain oil from the hydraulic tank. 1
.
De al
pt
ZXT335-1006118
g n Fig. 8-133
o
4. Remove the covering (4) and the main 4
pump partition (5).
in ti
6
5. Remove the engine partition (6) and the
bracket (7) at the hydraulic tank side. 营
销
公
司
et a
n
rk er
5
7
Ma t
ZXT335-1006119
Fig. 8-134
In
ZXT335-1006120
Fig. 8-135
.
damage.
De al
pt
g n
8. Disconnect the oil suction tube (17) from
o
the bottom of hydraulic tank and the oil
suction hose (18) connected with the oil 17 18
in ti
19
from the bottom of hydraulic tank. Lift the
et a
8.21.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
.
Screw (hose clamp):
De al
8.8±0.5 Nm {0.9±0.05 kgm}
pt
g n ZX335-1006123
Fig. 8-138
o
in ti
Bolt:
rk er
8.22.1 Removal
Lower the work equipment to the ground in
order to ensure safety. Stop the engine. Power
on the machine and relieve system pressure.
Use the breather valve to release the pressure
in the hydraulic tank. Place the hydraulic lock- 1
out control in the LOCK position.
2
● Tag each line so as to ensure correction
reinstallation.
.
1. Remove the engine hood (1).
De al
2. Remove the coverplate (2) on the control
pt
valve. ZXT335-1006125
Fig. 8-140
g no
3. Remove the engine partition (3).
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
3
n
rk er
Ma t
ZXT335-1006900
In
Fig. 8-141
ZXT335-1006901
Fig. 8-142
.
(12) Right swing
De al
pt
(13) Bucket DUMP
(14) Arm IN
g n
6. Remove the two(2) pilot hoses on the
o
16
control valve and tag them properly. The
in ti
hoses for:
15
(15): Right travel forward 营
销
公
司
ZXT335-1006903
Fig. 8-144
Ma t
In
17
ZXT335-1006904
Fig. 8-145
18
ZXT335-1006905
Fig. 8-146
.
De al
pt
9. Disconnect the hoses (19) and (20) from
g n
the check valve block to the pilot pump and
swing motor port (PG).
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
19
rk er
20
ZXT335-1006906
Fig. 8-147
Ma t
In
23 22
10. Remove the boom tube clamp (21) on the
main valve.
11. Remove the tubes (22) and (23) from the
main valve to boom cylinder. Seal the ports
properly.
21
ZXT335-1006907
Fig. 8-148
24 25
26 27
ZXT335-1006908
Fig. 8-149
.
De al
14. Disconnect the hoses (28), (29), (30) and 29
pt
(31) between the central swivel joint and 30
the main valve. Seal the ports properly.
g n 28 31
joint.
n
ZXT335-1006909
rk er
Fig. 8-150
Ma t
ZXT335-1006137
Fig. 8-151
39
38
ZXT335-1006138
Fig. 8-152
.
De al
pt
19. Remove the two pilot hoses under the
control valve and tag them properly.
g n
(40) Right travel backward 41
40
o
(41) Left travel backward
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZXT335-1006139
Fig. 8-153
rk er
(43) Harness
(44) Negative feedback hose from solenoid
valve to front pump 45
44 46
(45) Negative feedback hose from solenoid
valve to rear pump ZXT335-1006140
ZXT335-1006141
Fig. 8-155
.
De al
pt
8.22.2 Installation
g n
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
o
● Refilling the oil (to hydraulic tank)
in ti
8.23.1 Removal
Lower the work equipment to the ground in
order to ensure safety. Stop the engine. Press
the release button of the breather valve to re-
lease remaining pressure in the hydraulic tank.
Disconnect the cable from the negative (-)
post of the battery before performing the job.
Oil stopper
● Tag each line so as to ensure correction
reinstallation.
.
De al
1. Remove the oil inlet filter element from the
pt
ZX335-1006142
hydraulic tank and stop oil outflow with an
oil stopper. g n Fig. 8-156
If no oil stopper is used, remove the drain
o
plug and drain the oil from the hydraulic
tank and the lines. 1
in ti
WT365081301
Ma t
Fig. 8-157
In
2
ZXT335-1006144
Fig. 8-158
ZXT335-1006145
Fig. 8-159
.
De al
pt
5. Disconnect the hose (5) supplying oil to the
lower proportional valve and the hose (6)
g n
delivering oil from the pilot pump. Seal the
o
ports properly.
5
in ti
营
销
公
司
6
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006146
Fig. 8-160
Ma t
In
7
ZXT335-1006147
Fig. 8-161
8
9
ZXT335-1006148
Fig. 8-162
.
De al
pt
9. Disconnect the oil drain hose (10) and seal
the ports properly.
g n 13
10. Disconnect the high-pressure hoses (11)
o
and (12) connected to the control valve,
in ti
sure transducer. 11
et a
17
ZXT335-1006150
Fig. 8-164
18
ZXT335-1006151
Fig. 8-165
.
8.23.2 Installation
De al
pt
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
g n Screw
o
● After tightening the hose clamping
screw, check that the screw should be
in ti
tration. 营
销
公
司
Lower side
et a
Clamp 2 Clamp 1
8.24.1 Removal
1. Remove the hydraulic pump assembly (1).
See “Hydraulic Pump AS” on page 8-80.
1
2. Remove the screw (2). Remove the bear-
ing cover (3). 2
3
3. Pry the oil seal (4) out with a screwdriver. 4
.
De al
pt
8.24.2 Installation
g n ZX335-1006152
司
公
销
营
grease)
n
seal circumference.
In
ZX335-1006153
Fig. 8-169
● This section discusses only the precautions when reassembling the work equipment pilot
valve assembly.
8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10
.
De al
ZXT335-1006154
pt
Fig. 8-170 g n
● Reassembly of the work equipment pilot Apply the thread adhesive (Tianshan 1277)
o
valve assembly to two points on the inner threads, as
in ti
indicated in the illustration on the right. The
1. Install the plate (9) in the valve body
amount of application is approximately 0.02
(8) with O-ring seal. Tighten the socket-
g.
司
公
销
营
{2.55~3.36 kgm}
● Tightening is to be made to the speci-
rk er
Pushrod
.
De al
pt
9
g n
8 7 6 4 3 2 1
o
5 ZXT335-1006156
in ti
Fig. 8-172
司
公
1. Install the spring (8) into the spool installation hole in the body assembly (9). Install the spool
n
(7). Place the cover assembly (6) on the spool and press the cover assembly (6) with a hand.
rk er
2. Install the cover (4) after aligning the holes. Tighten the socket-headed bolts (1).
Bolt (socket head): 98~114 Nm {10~11.6 kgm}
3. Install the dust ring (3) on the plug. Install the cover (2) and fix the cover (2) with the camshaft
Ma t
(5).
In
Contact surface between the plug and the dust ring (3): Grease (No.1 Calcium base
grease)
Special tools
.
De al
For press fitting the
■ 1
pt
dust ring
g no
in ti
et a
For insertion For correction
n
rk er
8.27.1 Disassembly
1. Drain the oil and remove the tubing.
2. Fix the cylinder.
● Fix the cylinder in a vertical or level
manner. A vertically fixed cylinder can
be disassembled and assembled eas-
ily.
● The pin hole in the head end can be
used for fixing of the cylinder. The pin
roll can prevent the cylinder from turn-
ing.
.
● Remove the tubing in case of tubing in-
De al
terference while fixing the cylinder.
pt
g no
Secure the cylinder
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
ZX335-1006162
In
Fig. 8-173
ZX335-1006163
Fig. 8-174
.
De al
pt
5. Securing the piston rod
g n Secure 5
● Pin hole on the rod end or the flat part
o
of the ear can be used to fix the piston
rod and prevent it from turning.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
ZX335-1006165
Fig. 8-176
n
rk er
Fig. 8-177
Hydraulic cylinder
ZX335-1006167
Fig. 8-178
.
7. Removal of piston assembly
De al
pt
Remove in turn the piston (7), buffer sleeve 2 6 7
(6) and cylinder head (2).
g no
in ti
ZX335-1006168
Fig. 8-179
司
公
销
营
et a
n
head end
A. Remove first the piston nut (5).
B. Use a tool like rubber hammer to tap
Ma t
Piston rod
the piston nut (5) slightly in order to
In
.
De al
● The buffer ring (16) is installed in the
pt
inner groove in the cylinder head. Use
a tool with sharp end to pry it out and
18
g n
remove it with a scraper.
11. Removal of the U-ring (17) and the dust
o
ring (18).
in ti
(18).
● The removed seals should not be re-
used.
Ma t
Press
12. Removal of bushing (19)
In
Fig. 8-183
8.27.2 Assembly
Press
1. Installation of bushing (21)
Installation tool
A. Use an installation tool to press the
bushing (21) into the bushing (lubricated Block
Piston rod
with hydraulic oil) on the side of piston 21
22
rod and cylinder barrel.
B. Install the dust ring (22) with the help of 21
a suitable cushion block. ZX335-1006173
Fig. 8-184
.
De al
Hydraulic press
A. Use the press to push in the bushing
pt
(19). g n
● Apply hydraulic oil to the inside of
cylinder head in advance. Make sure 2
o
Too
that the bushing (19) pushed in is
in ti
free from a raised shoulder.
司
公
销
营
et a
19
C. Install the guard ring and the U-ring (17) Under pressure
rk er
Fig. 8-185
tact before installation.
In
indicated.
Piston
B. Correction of seal (14)
12 O-ring
● Install the seal (14) and the guard ring
14
(13) on the other side. In order to pre-
13
vent the expansion of the seal (14), a
.
De al
corrector must be used to correct the ZX335-1006176
pt
seal (14) which has been stretched Fig. 8-187
during installation. The piston rod
g n
may not be able to go in the cylinder
barrel if the seal (14) is not corrected
o
timely.
in ti
Fig. 8-188
.
groove. Install the elastic ring after
De al
the buffer sleeve (8) is pushed Head end buffering
pt
ZX335-1006178
to the bottom. A rubber hammer Fig. 8-189
should be used for the tapping job
g n
in order to avoid damaging the
o
piston rod and the buffer bearing.
in ti
following order.
n
ing.
b. T h e b u ff e r s e a l ( 2 3 ) m u s t b e
installed in the groove, with its
Ma t
.
De al
66.9 Nm {6.8 kgm}
pt
5. Install the piston into the cylinder barrel.
g n ZX335-1006180
A. Fix the barrel in a vertical or level man-
ner.
o
Fig. 8-191
B. Install the piston rod into the cylinder
in ti
barrel.
Tool
● If fixed in a vertical manner, the pis-
司
公
销
营
Nylon sleeve
et a
ton rod falls into the barrel under its (two pieces)
gravity.
n
ZX335-1006181
Fig. 8-192
6 11
10 3
.
2 7
De al
pt
Bolt tightening sequence
g n ZX335-1006182
Fig. 8-193
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.28.1 Removal
Fully extend the arm and the bucket. Lower
the work equipment to the ground. Move the
hydraulic lockout control to the LOCK position.
Release remaining pressure in the hydraulic
circuit. See “Remaining Pressure in Hydrau-
lic Lines - Relieve” on page 6-36.
1. Disconnect the grease hose (1).
5
.
De al
2. Lift the boom cylinder assembly (2). 1 3
pt
Remove the lockbolt (3).
3. Remove the plate (4) and then the pin roll (5
).
g no
● There are shims installed. Count the 4
shims and check the thickness. Place
in ti
2
et a
same way.
5. Remove the two hoses (6) of bucket
cylinder and the two hoses (7) of the arm
cylinder.
● Cork the hoses to prevent outflow of oil.
Tie the hoses to the valve side
6. Remove the mid-connector (8) used for
work lamp. 8
6
7 7 7 6
ZXT335-1006184
Fig. 8-195
9
ZXT335-1006185
Fig. 8-196
.
De al
pt
8. Lift the work equipment assembly (11) in
order to disassemble it.
g n 11
o
Work equipment assembly:
in ti
Model Weight
SY365H-9 5,652 kg 营
销
公
司
et a
SY365BH-9 7,102 kg
n
ZXT335-1006186
rk er
Fig. 8-197
Ma t
In
8.28.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
WARNING
.
a
De al
ZX335-1006187
● Never use your finger to align the pin
pt
holes. Fig. 8-198
g n
● Adjust the shim thickness in order to
o
have a desired clearance (a: 0.5 < a 12 a
4
< 1 mm) between the piston end (12)
in ti
2.0 mm.
n
rk er
WARNING
Special tools
8.29.1 Removal
NOTICE S
.
De al
● Always disconnect the cable from nega-
pt
tive post of the battery before you pro- ZXT335-1006189
ceed.
Fig. 8-200
g no
1. Drain the coolant.
in ti
ZXT335-1006190
In
Fig. 8-201
Cover 2
ZXT335-1006191
Fig. 8-202
4
3
5
ZXT335-1006192
Fig. 8-203
.
De al
pt
7. Remove the back cover (6).
g no
in ti
6
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006193
Fig. 8-204
Ma t
In
ZXT365-1308197
Fig. 8-205
13
12
11
ZXT335-1006195
Fig. 8-206
.
De al
pt
15. Remove the air duct (14) and the control-
ler wiring connector (15). Disconnect the
g n
wiring connector (16). Remove the air 17
o
conditioner relay (17). Remove the three 16
(3) mounting bolts (18) and then the board
in ti
(19).
司
公
销
营
et a
n
19
18
rk er
15
14 ZXT335-1006196
Fig. 8-207
Ma t
In
ZXT335-1006197
Fig. 8-208
ZXT335-1006198
Fig. 8-209
.
De al
pt
8.29.2 Installation
g n
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
o
Keep the hoses free from contamination by
in ti
8.30 Counterweight AS
8.30.1 Removal
1. Install lift pin (1) in lift eye of counterweight.
Slowly tighten the wire rope (2) with lifting
2
equipment to hold the counterweight.
.
De al
ZX365-1308163
pt
g n Fig. 8-210
o
2. Remove the four mounting bolts (2 ) and
washers.
in ti
3
Ma t
ZX365-1308164
In
8.30.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
.
De al
● Counterweight Installation and adjustment
pt
A. Lift the counterweight with a crane to a Unit: mm
suitable position over the frame.
g n 门
a=10±4
● Clearance with swivel: 公
司
销
营
10±5 mm(L&R)
et a
b=0±5
● Clearance with bodywork door:
n
Swing frame
10±5 mm(L&R) ZX335-1006202
rk er
b: max. 5 mm
In
8.31 Cab AS
8.31.1 Removal
NOTICE
.
De al
ZXT335-1006203
pt
Fig. 8-212
g n
2. Remove the back covers (2) and (3).
o
2
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
3
n
rk er
Ma t
ZXT335-1006204
Fig. 8-213
In
ZXT335-1006205
Fig. 8-214
ZXT335-1006206
Fig. 8-215
.
De al
pt
6. Remove the fresh air duct (9).
g no
in ti
9
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
ZXT335-1006207
Fig. 8-216
In
10
ZXT335-1006208
Fig. 8-217
11
12
ZXT335-1006209
Fig. 8-218
.
De al
pt
10. Remove the window washer fluid reservoir
g n
(13).
o
13
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZXT335-1006210
Fig. 8-219
Ma t
In
14
ZXT335-1006211
Fig. 8-220
15
ZXT335-1006212
Fig. 8-221
.
De al
pt
13. Remove the five (5) bolts (16) and the
four(4) nuts (17).
g n
● Check the length of bolt before removal.
o
16
in ti
17
司
公
销
营
et a
ZXT365-1308210
n
Fig. 8-222
rk er
8.31.2 Installation
● Installation is performed in the reverse pro-
cedure of removal.
ZXT365-1308211
10 10
9
8
1
10
.
7
De al
pt
g no
6
in ti
10 11
司
公
销
营
4
et a
5
n
12
rk er
10
3
Ma t
ZX215-1006218
In
Fig. 8-224
(1) Right window glass ● Cab window glasses (1), (2), (5), (7) and (9)
(2) Front window glass are adhered to the window frame.
(3) Lower front glass ● When replacing front window glass (2),
(4) Cab door window glass (upper) disassemble front window assembly (12).
(5) Cab door window glass (lower) (If the cab is install with a front window as-
(6) Cab door window glass (upper) sembly, do not only replace the front win-
(7) Left side rear window glass dow glass.)
(8) Rear window glass
● For detailed information, See “Front Win-
(9) Roof window glass
dow AS” on page 8-126.
(10) Rubber sealing strip
(11) Center adjusting seal
(12) Front window assembly
(Glass and frame)
8.32.1 Removal
CAUTION
.
ZX215-1006219
De al
1. Removal of glass (3)
Fig. 8-225
pt
Glass (3) is hold in place by sealing strips.
Pull it upward carefully to remove it.
g n
2. Removal of glass (4) and (6)
o
A. Remove the sealing strip from the
in ti
6
rk er
4
Ma t
ZX215-1006220
Fig. 8-226
In
Frame
Seal
ZX215-1006221
Fig. 8-227
ZX215-1006222
Fig. 8-228
.
De al
pt
4. Removal of glass (1), (2), (5), (7) and (9)
9
g no
1
7
in ti
2
司
公
销
营
et a
n
5
rk er
ZX215-1006223
Fig. 8-229
Ma t
In
Adhesive
ZX215-1006224
Fig. 8-230
Piano string
(or metal wire)
ZX215-1006225
Fig. 8-231
.
De al
pt
D. Fix both ends of the piano string onto
(Outside of cab)
two screw drivers. Pull the wire back Cab
g n
and forth in order to cut the adhesive
Glass
o
and detach the glass from the cab. This
job requires 2-3 people.
in ti
adhesive. Adhesive
rk er
(Inside of cab)
ZX215-1006226
Fig. 8-232
Ma t
In
8.32.2 Installation
1. Clean the remaining adhesive and rubber
on cab frame (contact surface) with a knife
or scraper (5).
● Remove the remaining adhesive and
rubber so that they will not affect the
application of new adhesive. Do not
scrape the original paint on the surface.
(Scraping of paint reduces the perfor-
mance of the adhesive.)
5
.
ZXT215-1006227
De al
Fig. 8-233
pt
g n
2. Clean the grease, dust and dirt on the
o
cab (8) and the glass (9) with unleaded
gasoline.
in ti
glass.
● After cleaning, dry the glass for at least
rk er
5 minutes.
Ma t
ZXT215-1006228
Fig. 8-234
In
ZXT215-1006229
Fig. 8-235
.
De al
● If the priming paint is stored in a re-
pt
frigerator, keep it under ambient tem-
perature for at least half a day before
g n
agitation.
o
(If the paint is unsealed immediately
in ti
after it is taken out of a refrigerator,
water will condense on it.)
司
公
销
营
Fig. 8-238
.
If, for example, glass primer is mis-
De al
takenly used, wash it with unleaded
pt
gasoline. g no
in ti
营
销
公
司
c
et a
n
ZX215-1006234
rk er
Fig. 8-239
Ma t
ZX215-1006235
Fig. 8-240
.
De al
with unleaded gasoline.
pt
4. Adhere rubber seal (6) (with adhesive tape
on both sides) along the inner edge of the
g n
contact surface of the glass.
o
● Do not detach the waxed paper on the
in ti
rubber seal before the window glass is
installed.
司
公
销
营
ZXT225-1006245
mended.
A. Stick rubber seal (6) onto the right cab
window frame as illustrated.
e 6
ZXT225-1006246
Fig. 8-243
g
ZXT225-1006247
Fig. 8-244
.
De al
pt
B. Adhere rubber seal (6) on the left cab
window as illustrated.
g n
6
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZXT225-1006248
rk er
Fig. 8-245
Ma t
ZXT225-1006249
Fig. 8-246
k ZXT225-1006250
Fig. 8-247
.
De al
pt
D. Adhere rubber seal (6) onto the front 6
window glass as illustrated.
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZX215-1006243
rk er
Fig. 8-248
Ma t
ZXT225-1006252
Fig. 8-249
.
De al
C. Cut the tapes across the glass (9) and
pt
the cab (8) and remove the glass.
● Do not remove the tape on the left
g n
side of the glass until the glass is
o
[6]
[6]
installed.
in ti
8 [6]
司
公
销
营
9
et a
n
ZX215-1006246
rk er
Fig. 8-251
ZX225-1006255
Fig. 8-252
6. Adhesive
● Store adhesion agent in dark places 13
.
De al
Sunrise MSI SR sealant U90 4463876
pt
B. Cut the tip of nozzle as illustrated.
g n
Dimension of the cut:
14
o
(q): 10 mm r
in ti
(r): 5 mm
营
销
公
司
q
et a
n
rk er
ZX215-1006248
Fig. 8-254
Ma t
In
ZX215-1006249
Fig. 8-255
ZX215-1006250
Fig. 8-256
.
De al
pt
● Adhesive (15) for rubber seal (6) on cab
8
(8) shall be applied as illustrated:
g n s
Dimension of (s): 10 mm
o
Dimension of (t): 15 mm 6
in ti
ZX215-1006251
rk er
Fig. 8-257
Ma t
In
ZX215-1006252
Fig. 8-258
.
De al
pt
6b 15
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZX215-1006253
rk er
Fig. 8-259
.
De al
Glass primer:
pt
g nSunrise MSI Primer 35
u
Adhesive:
o
Sunrise MSI SR Sealant U90 4463876
16
in ti
A-A
ZX215-1006255
司
公
销
营
Fig. 8-261
et a
n
a
ZXT215-1006256
Fig. 8-262
.
A. Remove the positioning chips, foam
De al
polystyrene blocks and the rubber band
pt
after 10 hours.
g n
(Condition: Temperature: 20; humidity:
60%)
o
B. Wait for another 14 hours after the
in ti
8.33.1 Disassembly
.
1. Raise the front window assembly to the
De al
roof and secure it with the rear locks (at
pt
both sides). g n
2. Remove left corner plate (1) and right
corner plate (2). 2
o
● Mounting bolt (4) and washer (3) of the 4
in ti
3
left corner plate will be used in Step 6 to 1
ZX215-1006258
et a
Fig. 8-263
n
rk er
6 5
ZX215-1006259
Fig. 8-264
NOTICE
7 ZX215-1006260
● A return load of 58.8 N {6 kg}is applied
onto the rear of the cab. Be very care-
ful when removing pin (7) to disconnect
.
pull rod (9).
De al
pt
9 8
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
ZX215-1006261
n
Fig. 8-265
rk er
ZX215-1006262
Fig. 8-266
ZX215-1006263
Fig. 8-267
.
De al
9. Move the front window assembly (10) to
pt
the right and the left and remove the two
upper rollers (11) and (12) from the guide
g n 10
rail. Then, remove the front window as-
sembly (10).
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
ZX215-1006264
n
Fig. 8-268
rk er
12 11
Ma t
In
10 ZX215-1006265
Fig. 8-269
8.33.2 Assembly
● Reverse the disassembling sequence.
.
De al
of the roller adjusting bracket (13) and
pt
adjust the condition of the front window. 13 ZX215-1006266
Tighten the mounting bolt after adjusting.
Fig. 8-270
g n
● Make sure bracket (13) is installed with-
out an angle.
o
Mounting bolt : 34.3 N·m {3.5
in ti
kgf·m}
司
公
销
ZX215-1006268
Fig. 8-272
ZX215-1006269
Fig. 8-273
.
De al
pt
6. Adjust the "locked" position of the lock of
front window assembly as per the following
g n
instruction.
o
A. Tighten the left corner plate (1) and the
in ti
ZX215-1006270
Fig. 8-274
Ma t
In
b. C h e c k a g a i n t h e a d a p t a b i l i t y
between the front window assembly
.
De al
(14) and the adjusting seal (15) on
pt
the cab. (Checked in Step 1)
Repeat Step a) and Step b) until the
g n
condition of front window glass and
o
lock (16) and (17) is satisfactory.
Tighten the mounting bolts of the
in ti
ZX215-1006272
to the roof.
B. Set the locks of the front window
assembly at the rear of the cab at the
"locked" position, and check the follow- 19 18
ing items:
● Check the conditions of left lock (16)
and right lock (17).
● The front window assembly must con- ZX215-1006273
ZX215-1006274
Fig. 8-275
.
De al
E. Adjust the position of latch bolt (21).
pt
Latch bolt(21): M10, Inner diameter of
plate (23): ø14.5 mm
g no
in ti
21
司
23
公
销
营
et a
n
ZXT225-1006284
Fig. 8-276
rk er
per (18)
In
17 21
ZX215-1006276
Fig. 8-277
.
De al
pt
d. Tighten the retaining nuts (20) at
both sides of the rubber stopper
g n
(18). 20
18
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
ZX225-1006287
rk er
Fig. 8-279
Ma t
In
D
ZX215-1006279
Fig. 8-280
.
De al
pt
g no
24
D
in ti
d
司
公
销
营
et a
c
n
ZX215-1006280
Fig. 8-281
rk er
assembly.
In
ZX215-1006271
Left lower pin: Fig. 8-282
27 – 34 N·m {2.75 – 3.47 kgf·m}
Mounting bolt:adhesive(LT-2)
8.34.1 Removal
NOTICE
3 4
.
De al
sembly from the bracket (3).
pt
2. Remove the nut (1) and the gasket (2) to ZX335-1006215
separate the monitor (5) from the mounting
plate.
g no
Fig. 8-283
8.34.2 Installation
in ti
8.35 Controller AS
8.35.1 Removal
NOTICE 1
.
and (4).
De al
ZXT335-1006216
pt
3. Remove the two(2) bolts. Remove the
Fig. 8-284
controller assembly (5).
g no
in ti
2
司
公
销
营
et a
4
n
3
rk er
Ma t
ZXT335-1006217
In
Fig. 8-285
8.35.2 Installation
● Installation is to be performed in the re-
verse order of removal.
8.36 Radio
8.36.1 Structure
1. Main structure
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
营
销
公
司
ZX335-1006218
et a
Fig. 8-286
n
rk er
Ma t
In
Fig. 8-287
RED — L. SOUND TRACK INPUT
AUDIO INPUT
In
WHITE — R. SOUND TRACK INPUT
Ma t
Disassembly and Assembly
BLACK — GROUND
et a
营
销
公
司
POWER, GROUND AND AUDIO OUTPUT
Console
Removal cover
NOTICE
Fig. 8-288
.
De al
2. Remove the radio connector CN-003F.
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
ZX335-1006221
Fig. 8-289
rk er
Radio
Radio bracket Washer
Screw
ZX335-1006222
Installation Fig. 8-290
● Installation is to be performed in the re-
verse order of removal.
1 2 3
1 2 3
20b R+ L+
4 5 6 7 0 20b R- L-
4 5 6 7
.
De al
Radio wiring terminals Harness socket terminals
pt
Model: Deutsch DJ7072-3-21
ZX335
Fig. 8-291
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.37 Battery
8.37.1 Structure
A
2 B
10 J
C
11
6 E
.
De al
D
pt
g no
I
G
in ti
H
司
公
销
营
et a
F
n
8 7 5 9 4 3 1
rk er
ZX335-1006224
Fig. 8-292
Ma t
NOTICE
Removal
.
Bolt Grounding cable
De al
3. Removal of battery grounding wire Terminal
pt
● Open the tarpaulin, unscrew the bolt, and
remove the terminal from the battery wiring
post.
g no
VART
A
CAUTION
in ti
Battery
TTER Y
FREE BA
NANGE-
MAINTE
ZX335-1006225
battery. Fig. 8-293
n
rk er
VARTA
VARTA
ZX335-1006226
Fig. 8-294
VAR
TA
TA
VAR
.
De al
Washer Battery box
pt
Bolt
ZX335-1006227
g no
Fig. 8-295
Installation
in ti
● Installation is to be performed in the re-
verse order of removal.
司
公
销
营
et a
n
8.37.3 Replacement
rk er
NOTICE
23 22 20 18 17 15 13 12,11 28 6 10,9,8,7
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
25,24 21 1 14 19 16 26 营
销
公
司 5 4,3,2
et a
n
rk er
27
Ma t
In
4 5 6
1 2 3
ZX335-1006228
Fig. 8-296
8.38.2 Removal
1. Unscrew the setscrew to remove the 21
67$5
7 0$
;
console cover.
2))
&.
/2
0,1
Fig. 8-297
.
the mounting plate and the start switch
De al
from the console cover.
pt
g n
NOTICE
o
● Disconnect the power supply of the
in ti
Fig. 8-298
Ma t
ZX335-1006231
Fig. 8-299
On/off status
Gear
Battery Battery Accessory Preheat plug Start relay
position
(B) relay (BR) (ACC) (C)
(R1) (R2)
3B
OFF
1B
2B
ZX335-1006232
Fig. 8-300
.
De al
8.38.4 Wiring
pt
g no
in ti
1 22 13 3
1 B BR ACC 3
司
公
销
营
4 R1 R2 C 6 4 16 11 6
et a
n
Fig. 8-301
Ma t
In
Removal
Cover
1. Remove the cover.
ZX335-1006234
.
Fig. 8-302
De al
pt
2. Remove the bolts and take off the back
Back cover
g n
cover along with the fuse box.
o
Fuse box cover
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
Bolt
ZX335-1006235
In
Fig. 8-303
Back cover
ZX335-1006236
Fig. 8-304
8.40 Wiper
8.40.1 Structure
Wiper blade
Driving mechanism
.
Wiper arm
De al
pt
g no
Wiper motor
Connector
in ti
司
公
销
营
Mounting bracket
et a
n
ZX335-1006237
rk er
Fig. 8-305
Ma t
In
Yellow (reset)
M
Blue (high speed)
Red (power +)
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
Black (power -)
司
公
ZX335-1006238
销
营
et a
Fig. 8-306
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.40.3 Removal
1. Remove the decorative button in order to Decorative button
Interior decoration
ZX335-1006239
Fig. 8-307
.
De al
motor.
pt
● Unscrew the bolts to remove the wiper
Bolt
motor and moving mechanism from the
cab.
g no
Moving mechanism
in ti
司
Wiper motor
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Bolt
ZX335-1006240
Fig. 8-308
Ma t
In
Arm bracket
8.40.4 Installation
● Installation is to be performed in the re-
verse order of removal. Guard
Locknut
Cab
ZX335-1006241
Fig. 8-309
.
the wiper motor stops working at the mo-
De al
ment that the blade reaches the mechani-
pt
cal stopper. g n Locknut
o
in ti
ZX335-1006242
Fig. 8-310
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
8.41 Relays S
AA2A
2 L(-)
ZX335-1006243
Fig. 8-311
.
De al
● Check the conduction and action. Replace 1(+)
2(-)
pt
the relay in case of any failure.
g no
in ti
3 4
司
Battery terminal (+)
公
销
营
et a
3 4
n
rk er
1(+)
Ma t
2(-)
In
ZX335-1006244
Fig. 8-312
3. Heater relay
● Check the conduction and action. Replace 5(-)
Relay harness
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
Parking relay
In
Mounting plate
ZX335-1006246
Fig. 8-314
Removal
1. Remove relay from its seat.
2. Remove the screw in order to remove the
relay seat and harness from the mounting
plate.
Installation
● Installation is to be performed in the re-
verse order of removal.
Setscrew
.
Relay seat Relay
De al
ZX335-1006247
pt
g n Fig. 8-315
8.41.4 Relay connector and wiring
o
in ti
1 4 2 销
公
司
营
et a
3
n
rk er
Headlight Sart switch Pilot valve Horn Work lamp Shutdown delay
K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K8
77 ③ 11 ③ 27 ③ 32 ③ 34 ③ 21 ③
① ② ① ② ① ② ① ② ① ② ① ②
Fig. 8-316
8.42 Sensors
.
Fig. 8-317
De al
60℃ 56.3Ω(ref.)
pt
Standard 80℃ 29.5Ω(ref.)
Value 100℃ 16.5Ω(ref.)
g n
106±0.3℃ 14.3±1.0Ω
o
120℃ 10Ω(ref.)
in ti
1 and terminal 2.
Std. Value(25℃ ) 2.3±0.2kΩ
Ma t
In
W365813081
Fig. 8-319
.
De al
4. Fuel level sensor - check
pt
● Swing the float up and down in order
g n
to measure the effective angle of radial
swing, i.e. the line through the float and the
o
Float
turning point will swing 105° .
in ti
Lever
公
销
营
Terminal R
sured resistance should be Ru ≦ 9.6Ω. Shell
Fig. 8-320
8.43.1 Insertion
1. Hold tightly a wire terminal at a distance of
about 25 mm from its end.
.
ZX215-1006320
De al
Fig. 8-321
pt
g n
2. Hold the connector. Let the rear seal face
o
you.
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX215-1006321
Fig. 8-322
Ma t
In
ZX215-1006322
Fig. 8-323
8.43.2 Removal
1. Hold the connector, with its back end fac-
ing you. Select a suitable tool and clip on
the wire.
ZX215-1006323
.
Fig. 8-324
De al
pt
2. Push the tool along the wire into the
connector so that the tool can expand
g n
the terminal lock shoulder and reach its
flanged part.
o
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
ZX215-1006324
Fig. 8-325
Ma t
In
ZX215-1006325
Fig. 8-326
tE.
PAD nal
eGp
ng o
i
tKi t
司
公
销
营
a
AkNe rn
e
BLMaInt
r
System Schematics
.
9 System Schematics
De al
pt
9.1 Diagram of Hydraulic Lines...................................................................................... 9-3
9.2 Electrical diagram of chassis ................................................................................... 9-4
g n
9.3 Electrical diagram of control switches...................................................................... 9-5
o
9.4 Electrical diagram of operator station ...................................................................... 9-6
in ti
.
De al
pt
g no
in ti
司
公
销
营
et a
n
rk er
Ma t
In
SH
PG
D
DB
P
M
.
GER REG
MB
MB
MA
MA
pt
PB
PA
Transitional block
De
VB
VB
VA
VA
1
(8) Left swing To XAs
Swing
3
4
OUT
g
XAa2
To XBa1
n
XBa2
IN (10)Arm in PaL Arm hold valve RS1 RS2 P4 (R4) (P4)
Arm
2
R1
R2
ti
1
e
T
Ba1
Ba2(HEAD)
3
(HEAD) BaR
Arm 2
XBa1 XBa2
2
UP XBb2 XAa2
rk
PbL Boom hold valve XAa1 LCAT2
Arm 1 Pna1
ARC LCAP2 AcR
Ac(ROD)
DOWN (7)Boom up ToXAb2
XAb1 lower Dr3 LCa
BcR
BoR
PAcs (Bo) Bc(HEAD)
4
Boom (Ao)
AoR
PAcs
Bucket
Ma
XAo XAc
Backup
3
XBb2
T
XBb1
XAb2 Lcb2 LCb XAb1
AtL
P
BtL
l
As
Backward Swing XAs XAtL
(1)Left travel Xbs
Dr4
Pns
LCs XBtL Left travel
Px
Left travel
Forward To XAtL upper
na Right travel
Btr
Atr
XAtr
CP2 CT2 CpG
(PTb) (PTa)
2
XBtr CT1
CMR1 Pz
Py Φ0.7 CMR2 MR
Φ0.7 Φ0.7
io
PH P2 front pump PG R3 P1 rear pump
at
rn
T
PH1 A1 A2 PH2
a1 a2
Psv1 Psv2
te
(COOLER)
电液比例阀
Travel speed
Front pump
Rear pump
PPC lock
A1 2nd bost
adjuster
adjuster
change
valve
P2
P1
电液控转换
4.5bar
bb
A3
A2
A6
A4
A8
A7
A5
2.5bar
变功率调节 cc
Pf C Pf
dd
Pi1 负压调节 Pi2
In
B
A4
A
P1 P2
Engine
FRONT REAR
As
DR B1 B3 A3
10μm
10μm
10μm
80~150目
WX365-1309001
9-3
System Schematics SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
9.2 Electrical diagram of chassis
Air plugging Fuel level Oil press High-temp Low-temp Hydraulic oil
To cab harness CN-502M To cab harness CN-506M Alternator terminals Start motor switch sensor switch switch Temp sensor switch temp sensor
9 T-501 To power supply
CN-501M CN-502F CN-506F CN-113M
T-103 T-116 CN-800F T-102 T-135 CN-103M CN-101F F-301 T-100 F-300 T-101 T-500 grounding wire
.
0
To cab harness CN-501F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 345678 1 2
15
T-102
42 34 60 14 15 32 0 21 14 60 21 12 103 509 0 508 106 510 66 42 511 T-101 To battery
22 65 50A 64 63 MT- MT+ 507 50 00 57 20
T-104 relay KB
pt
200
1 21
T-120
201
2
202
3 To compressor
203 57
T-107
8 4 clutch
De
204
5
205
6
206 21 T-134
7 16
T-109
To preheat fuse
207
8
208 17 To preheat
9 T-107
resistance
g
602
7 10 108A
To rpm sensor
108B
603 CN-125F
11
n
606 50A 1
13 507 2
ti
607
14 MT- 3 To throttle motor
4 CN-124F
608 00 5
15 MT+ 6
609
16
501
e
6 17 22 1
502 64 2 To parking motor
18 63 3 CN-801F
rk
702 0 4
19 65 5
703 6
20
21 511
22 108A
Ma
609 1
108B
5
23 营
销
公
司
0 CN-137F
24 106 2
510
25 606
1
To pilot SV
26 508
0 2 CN-136F
S
27
l
66
28 608
1
103
4
29
30
32
509
704
na 0
703
2
1
CN-133F
To R. pump SV
io
0 CN-134F
2
702
1
To F. pump SV
3 CN-132F
at
0
2
602
1
0 CN-138F
2
rn
607 1
Hi/Lo travel SV
0
2 2 CN-131F
te
603
1
0 2 CN-135F
50 00 502 50 00 501 50 00 200 50 00 201 50 00 202 50 00 208 50 00 205 50 00 207 50 00 206 50 00 204 50 00 203
704
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C 1
In
Power limit SV
0 2 CN-114F
0 34 32 0# 16 17 21 12 20 CN-116F CN-115F CN-120M CN-121M CN-122M CN-123M CN-124M CN-125M CN-126M CN-128M CN-129M
1
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 R. pump main F. pump main Left travel Right travel Arm OUT Swing Bucket DIG Boom DOWN Boom UP Bucket DUMP Arm IN
1 2
pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor pressure sensor
CN-102M F-104 F-103 CN-507M CN-503F CN-504F CN-505M
To work lamp To horn
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
9-4
System Schematics SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
9.3 Electrical diagram of control switches
.
CN-503F CN-505F CN-507F
TERMINAL B BR ACC R1 R2 C
pt
HEAT 108B
1
506
OFF 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 2
50
3
8
ON 33 24 35H 25 35L 36 37 25
61
4
De
START 62
5
22 62 13 61 11 6
7
8
9
69
10
g
7 73
11
74 12
n
CN-202F
ti
To cab harness CN-202M
e
25
1
33
rk
2
35H 3
36
4
37 5
50 506 00 74 73 35L 6
Ma
60 14 69 14 60
5
1 2 3 销
公
司
1 3 5 7 7
营
11
8
13
9
14
F-507 F-505 F-508 F-509 10
CN-501F CN-508F 22
11
To fuel control dial Head lamp switch 24 12
l
CN-203M
4
Fuse No.
Fuse box harness
Rated value System
na 20
21
13
20
13
To cab harness CN-203F
io
1
F1 20A Start loop 14 2
10A 29 3
F2 Charging indicator
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 42 4
3
F3 5A Horn loop 20 5
at
15A 20 6
F4 work lamp 22 14 23 24 25 20b 26 38 28 29 42 73 43 27 100 21
7
F5 5A wiper & washer 21 8
F6 10A Radio
rn
10A CN-222F
F7 Cab lamp
F8 20A Air conditioner To cab harness CN-122M
2
F9 5A Access lamp
te
F10 5A Monitor
F11 20A Controller
F12 15A Head lamp 27 28 38 73 22 100 43 20b 23 24 25 26
In
F13 10A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Aux. controller
CN-221M
1
F14 10A
Solenoid valve GP
F15 15A Cigarette lighter
To cab harness CN-121F
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
9-5
System Schematics SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
9.4 Electrical diagram of operator station
To control switch harness CN-202F To chassis harness CN-502F
Head lamp relay Start control relay Pilot valve relay Horn relay Work lamp relay Shutdown delay relay
25 CN-202M CN-502M
1
9 33 31
2 1 CN-201F
.
35H 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 To horn button
3 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 23
2
108 B 506 50A 61 62 0 69 73 74 22 65 50A 63 64 MT- MT+ 507 50 00 57 1 2 3 45 1 2 3 45 1 2 3 45 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 45 1 2 3 45
36
4
pt
1 2 3 45 1 2 3 45 1 2 3 45 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 45 1 2 3 45 13
37 1
5
74 0 77 73 620 105 11 11a 27 0 27 606 31 0 32 23 33 0 34 24 621 0 21 15a
35L 15
CN-203F 6 2
8
60
To control sw- 7 15a
De
itch harness 1
CN-203M 8 11
13 15 2
9
14
10 37
22 2
11 To washer motor
0# 1
g
24
7
12
n
42 0
3 1 CN-106F
34 105
ti
4 2 To pilot switch
60
CN-506M 5 0 11a 60 68 14
14 0#
6 1 2 3 1 2 1
14 66 61 68 0 69 0 62 63 64 65 20b R+ L+ 20b 0# R- L-
15
e
6
To chassis 7 25
harness To alternator 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2
32 To safety relay
CN-506F 8 36 CN-110M
rk
CN-181M To preheat relay To parking relay CN-180M 3
CN-003F
200 To radio control panel 35H
1 4 To wiper harness
201 CN-112M
2 C B A 120Ω 35 L 5
202 0-S CAN- CAN+
3
Ma
C B A CN-115
CAN- CAN+
203
4
司
公
5 营
销
5 204
57
6 205 1
206 61a
7 4
207 60a
8
l
208 5
9 0# CN-207F
4
13
14
606
607
42
1
42
2
0
3
0 0-S CAN-CAN+
8 10 11 12 17 18 19 20 22
na
703 208 502 00
23
702 501 201
28 29 30 31
00 00 206 207
7 8 9
205 00 50 00 511 202
10 11 12 19 21 22 23 30 32 33
00 0 510 204 200
34 35
203
38
38
6
7
8
To A/C panel
io
26
CN-501F 8
CN-141M CN-140M 0#
501
3 To chassis 17 7
at
harness
502
CN-501F 18 77
702
6
19
703 0# 5
20 CN-150M
L-
rn
511 4
21
L+ To cab radio
22 108 A 3 harness
2 23 108 B R-
2
106 R+
24
te
1
510
25
508
26
27 28 38 73 22 100 43 20 b 23 24 25 26 13 14 42 20 20 21 21 42 43 100 11 13 607 MT- MT+ 0 0# 620 621 103 106 506 507 508 509 50A 704 60a 61a 108 A 108 B
In
66 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
28
103 CN-114F
1 29 20 12
CN-121F 1 2 CN-113F
30 CN-111M
CN-122M
Access lamp To fuse box harness CN-221M To monitor harness CN-7-113M To monitor harness CN-7-111M To monitor harness CN-7-114M
704 CN-505M
32 To fuse box harness CN-222M To start motor
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
9-6
System Schematics SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
9.5 Electrical diagram of air conditioner
Control panel
ACM
10
6
7
21
22
23
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
35
36
4
2
3
8
9
17
18
19
20
24
25
33
34
1
11
12
13
14
15
16
CN-M30 CN-M29
10
4
10
6
2
7
3
11
12
13
14
15
16
4
2
1
8
9
17
18
19
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
0.5BrW
0.5BrY
0.5LgR
0.5WY
0.5GO
0.5WO
0.5OW
0.5GW
0.5VR
0.5RY
0.5WR
0.5RW
0.5LO
0.5BG
0.5BW
0.5VW
0.5BR
0.5BL
0.5BY
0.5PB
0.5YB
0.5PG
0.5Sb
.
0.5R
0.5B
pt
8
De
0.5LgR
0.5BrW
0.5BrY
0.5BW
0.5WO
0.5OW
0.5GW
0.5WR
0.5VW
0.5WY
0.5RY
0.5GO
0.5BY
0.5LO
0.5YB
0.5BG
0.5RW
0.5PG
0.5VR
0.5BR
0.5PB
0.5BL
0.5Sb
0.5R
0.5B
SWP SWP SWP
4
2
2
6
6
3
8
9
8
9
7
6
7
1
10
12
10
12
13
14
15
16
4
2
3
8
11
11
1
CN-M28 CN-M27 CN-M33
4
2
6
3
8
9
7
1
10
12
13
14
15
16
6
7
11
4
2
3
8
4
2
6
3
8
9
7
1
1
10
12
11
g
7
0.5LgR
0.5BrW
0.5RW
0.5BW
0.5WO
0.5WR
0.5OW
0.5GW
0.5BrY
0.5WY
0.5VW
0.5BG
0.5GO
0.5RY
0.5BY
0.5YB
0.5LO
0.5PG
0.5BR
0.5VR
0.5PB
0.5BL
0.5Sb
0.5R
0.5B
n
Diffuser conversion
ti
servo motor
MV 2
FACE(DEF)
THI
FOOT
GND
Vz
Pt
6
2
6
5
3
7
1
CN-M34
2
1
2
6
5
3
7
1
2
1
rk
0.5GW
0.5OW
0.5BW
0.5GO
0.5BR
0.5BR
0.5Sb
050
CN-P15
2 2
1 1
S S 0.5WY FACE
Ma
7 7
0.5WR FOOT
6 6
0.5BrW Pt Diffuser conversion
5 司
5 5
公
销
4 4
servo motor
营
0.5BW Vz
3 3
2 2
0.5BR GND
1 1 MV I
CN-A30
l
2 2 0.5YB FRE
7 7
1 1 0.5VW REC
6 6
0.5WO Pt
5 5
TH A M Fresh air/recirculation
4
ECC
EC
na 0.5BW
0.5BR
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
Vz
GND
conversion sero motor
io
CN-E06 S 0.5PB
1
Mcool
0.5VR 7 7
CN-M26 Mhot
6 6
1
12 12 0.5BG Pt
5 5
11 11 4 4 A/M servo motor
TO CN-M26-A TO CN-E06-1 0.85W 0.5BW Vz
10 10 3 3
3 9 9 2B 2 2
0.5BR GND
8 8 1 1
at
24V
rn
0.5BR
1 1 Low-temp sensor
0.5PG
2 2
1.25G THF
1.25RL 72C 40C 1.25G
2
1.25RL
2G
1.25RL
2RL
0.5BL
2G
te
2B
0.5BrY
0.85W
0.5LO
0.5R
0.5R
2RL
0.5lgR
2RL
2Br
2Br
0.5BR
0.5BY
2G
0.5B
4
3
1
4
3
1
4
2
3
4
2
2
1
2
1
1
4
2
3
2
4
2
1
1
1
PROTECTION
FOR TEMP.
2
1
1
DRIVING TRANSACTION OF
In
RL RL VOLTAGE
CORRECTION
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
9-7
System Schematics SY365(B)H-9 Crawler Hydraulic Excavator
9.6 Electrical diagram of monitor
.
Cigar lighter Sunlight sensor
pt
CN-7-707M CN-7-706M
1 2
De
1 2
CN-7-113M
g
7 CN-142M
To cab harness
Start signal
Power-on signal 1
11 CN-113F
13
n
2
3 103 42
24V power supply 4 1
42 43
ti
Air block sw sgnl input 5 2
thrttl mtr position fdbck sgnl 6 100
7 507 3
11
8 4
Pwr lmt vlv ctrl sgnl 9 13
10
704 5
6 GND
0 607
11 6
e
CAN bus low
CAN-
RPM sensor signal 12 MT-
Coolant temp high switch 13 108A 7
Eng oil press sw input 14 106 MT+
rk
508 8
RPM sensor GND 15 0
Oil level sensor signal 16 108B 9
17 509 0#
10
Fuel control dial signal 18
506 620 11
Start control signal 19
620
Hi/Lo travel speed ctrl sgnl 20 621 12
Ma
21 607
5
22 营
销
公
司
24 V power supply 23
5V power output 24 43
25 50 A
26
27
28
29
l
GND 30
Motor driving signal + 31 0 CN-7-111F
Motor driving signal - 32 MT+
MT- To cab harness
4 Shutdown delay control
CAN bus high
33
34
35
621
CAN+
na 103
106
CN-111M
1
2
io
506
3
507
4
508
5
3 509 6
at
50 A 7
704 8
60 a
9
61 a 10
rn
CN-7-114M
To cab harness CN-7-112F
CN-114F To cab harness
CN-112M
In
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
9-8